Category: Switzerland

MIL-OSI USA News: Further Modifying the Reciprocal Tariff Rates

Source: US Whitehouse

class=”has-text-align-left”>By the authority vested in me as President by the Constitution and the laws of the United States of America, including the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701 et seq.) (IEEPA), the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.), section 604 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2483), and section 301 of title 3, United States Code, I hereby determine and order:

Section 1. Background. In Executive Order 14257 of April 2, 2025 (Regulating Imports With a Reciprocal Tariff To Rectify Trade Practices That Contribute to Large and Persistent Annual United States Goods Trade Deficits), I found that conditions reflected in large and persistent annual U.S. goods trade deficits constitute an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security and economy of the United States that has its source in whole or substantial part outside the United States. I declared a national emergency with respect to that threat, and to deal with that threat, I imposed additional ad valorem duties that I deemed necessary and appropriate.

I have received additional information and recommendations from various senior officials on, among other things, the continued lack of reciprocity in our bilateral trade relationships and the impact of foreign trading partners’ disparate tariff rates and non-tariff barriers on U.S. exports, the domestic manufacturing base, critical supply chains, and the defense industrial base. I also have received additional information and recommendations on foreign relations, economic, and national security matters, including the status of trade negotiations, efforts to retaliate against the United States for its actions to address the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257, and efforts to align with the United States on economic and national security matters.

For example, some trading partners have agreed to, or are on the verge of agreeing to, meaningful trade and security commitments with the United States, thus signaling their sincere intentions to permanently remedy the trade barriers that have contributed to the national emergency declared in Executive Order 14257, and to align with the United States on economic and national security matters. Other trading partners, despite having engaged in negotiations, have offered terms that, in my judgment, do not sufficiently address imbalances in our trading relationship or have failed to align sufficiently with the United States on economic and national-security matters. There are also some trading partners that have failed to engage in negotiations with the United States or to take adequate steps to align sufficiently with the United States on economic and national security matters.

After considering the information and recommendations that I have recently received, among other things, I have determined that it is necessary and appropriate to deal with the national emergency declared in Executive Order 14257 by imposing additional ad valorem duties on goods of certain trading partners at the rates set forth in Annex I to this order, subject to all applicable exceptions set forth in Executive Order 14257, as amended, in lieu of the additional ad valorem duties previously imposed on goods of such trading partners in Executive Order 14257, as amended.

Sec. 2. Tariff Modifications. (a) The Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) shall be modified as provided in Annex II to this order. These modifications shall be effective with respect to goods entered for consumption, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time 7 days after the date of this order, except that goods loaded onto a vessel at the port of loading and in transit on the final mode of transit before 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time 7 days after the date of this order, and entered for consumption, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, before 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time on October 5, 2025, shall not be subject to such additional duty and shall instead remain subject to the additional ad valorem duties previously imposed in Executive Order 14257, as amended.

(b) Certain foreign trading partners identified in Annex I to this order have agreed to, or are on the verge of concluding, meaningful trade and security agreements with the United States. Goods of those trading partners will remain subject to the additional ad valorem duties provided in Annex I to this order until such time as those agreements are concluded, and I issue subsequent orders memorializing the terms of those agreements.

(c) As provided in Annex I to this order, the additional ad valorem rate of duty applicable to any good of the European Union is determined by the good’s current ad valorem (or ad valorem equivalent) rate of duty under column 1 (General) of the HTSUS (“Column 1 Duty Rate”). For a good of the European Union with a Column 1 Duty Rate that is less than 15 percent, the sum of its Column 1 Duty Rate and the additional ad valorem rate of duty pursuant to this order shall be 15 percent. For a good of the European Union with a Column 1 Duty Rate that is at least 15 percent, the additional ad valorem rate of duty pursuant to this order shall be zero.

(d) Goods of any foreign trading partner that is not listed in Annex I to this order will be subject to an additional ad valorem rate of duty of 10 percent pursuant to the terms of Executive Order 14257, as amended, unless otherwise expressly provided. This rate shall be effective with respect to goods entered for consumption, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time 7 days after the date of this order.

(e) The HTSUS shall also be modified by continuing to suspend headings 9903.01.43 through 9903.01.62 and 9903.01.64 through 9903.01.76, and subdivisions (v)(xiii)(1)–(9) and (11)‑(57) of U.S. note 2 to subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTSUS, until the effective date of the modifications provided in Annex II to this order. Upon the effective date of the modifications provided in Annex II to this order, to facilitate implementation of the rates of duty provided in Annex I to this order, headings 9903.01.43 through 9903.01.62 and 9903.01.64 through 9903.01.76, which are organized by rate of duty, and subdivisions (v)(xiii) (1)-(9) and (11)-(57) of U.S. note 2 to subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTSUS shall be terminated as to future entries and replaced by the new trading partner-specific headings provided in Annex II to this order.

(f) Excluding the changes set forth in subsections (a) through (d) of this section, the terms of Executive Order 14257, as amended, shall continue to apply.

(g) Nothing in this order shall be construed to alter or otherwise affect Executive Order 14298 of May 12, 2025 (Modifying Reciprocal Tariff Rates To Reflect Discussions With the People’s Republic of China).

(h) The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative, in consultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through the Commissioner of U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), and the Chair of the United States International Trade Commission, shall determine whether any additional modifications to the HTSUS are necessary to effectuate this order and may make such modifications through notice in the Federal Register.

Sec. 3. Transshipment. (a) An article determined by CBP to have been transshipped to evade applicable duties under section 2 of this order shall be subject to (i) an additional ad valorem rate of duty of 40 percent, in lieu of the additional ad valorem rate of duty applicable under section 2 of this order to goods of the country of origin, (ii) any other applicable or appropriate fine or penalty, including those assessed under 19 U.S.C. 1592, and (iii) any other United States duties, fees, taxes, exactions, or charges applicable to goods of the country of origin. CBP shall not allow, consistent with applicable law, for mitigation or remission of the penalties assessed on imports found to be transshipped to evade applicable duties.

(b) The Secretary of Commerce and the Secretary of Homeland Security, acting through the Commissioner of CBP, in consultation with the United States Trade Representative, shall publish every 6 months a list of countries and specific facilities used in circumvention schemes, to inform public procurement, national security reviews, and commercial due diligence.

Sec. 4. Implementation. The Secretary of Commerce, the Secretary of Homeland Security, and the United States Trade Representative, as applicable, in consultation with the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, the Assistant to the President for Economic Policy, the Assistant to the President and Senior Counselor for Trade and Manufacturing, the Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs, and the Chair of the International Trade Commission, are directed and authorized to take all necessary actions to implement and effectuate this order, consistent with applicable law, including through temporary suspension or amendment of regulations or notices in the Federal Register and by adopting rules, regulations, or guidance, and to employ all powers granted to the President by IEEPA, as may be necessary to implement this order. Each executive department and agency shall take all appropriate measures within its authority to implement this order.

Sec. 5. Monitoring and Recommendations. (a) The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative shall monitor the circumstances involving the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257 and shall regularly consult on such circumstances with any senior official they deem appropriate. The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative shall inform me of any circumstance that, in their opinion, might indicate the need for further action by the President. The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative shall also inform me of any circumstance that, in their opinion, might indicate that a foreign trading partner has taken adequate steps to address the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257.

(b) The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative, in consultation with any senior official they deem appropriate, shall recommend to me any necessary additional action if this action is not effective in resolving the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257.

(c) The Secretary of Commerce and the United States Trade Representative, in coordination with the appropriate senior officials, shall recommend additional action, if necessary, should a foreign trading partner fail to take adequate steps to address the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257 or should a foreign trading partner retaliate against the United States in response to the actions taken to address the emergency declared in Executive Order 14257 or any subsequent order issued to address that emergency.

Sec. 6. Severability. If any provision of this order, or the application of any provision of this order to any individual or circumstance, is held to be invalid, the remainder of this order and the application of its provisions to any other individuals or circumstances shall not be affected.

Sec. 7. General Provisions. (a) Nothing in this order shall be construed to impair or otherwise affect:

(i) the authority granted by law to an executive department or agency, or the head thereof; or

(ii) the functions of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget relating to budgetary, administrative, or legislative proposals.

(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.

(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.

(d) The costs for publication of this order shall be borne by the Office of the United States Trade Representative.

DONALD J. TRUMP

THE WHITE HOUSE,

July 31, 2025.

ANNEX I

Countries and Territories	Reciprocal Tariff, Adjusted
Afghanistan	15%
Algeria	30%
Angola	15%
Bangladesh	20%
Bolivia	15%
Bosnia and Herzegovina	30%
Botswana	15%
Brazil	10%
Brunei	25%
Cambodia	19%
Cameroon	15%
Chad	15%
Costa Rica	15%
Côte d`Ivoire	15%
Democratic Republic of the Congo	15%
Ecuador	15%
Equatorial Guinea	15%
European Union: Goods with Column 1 Duty Rate[1] > 15%	0%
European Union: Goods with Column 1 Duty Rate < 15%	15% minus Column 1 Duty Rate
Falkland Islands	10%
Fiji	15%
Ghana	15%
Guyana	15%
Iceland	15%
India	25%
Indonesia	19%
Iraq	35%
Israel	15%
Japan	15%
Jordan	15%
Kazakhstan	25%
Laos	40%
Lesotho	15%
Libya	30%
Liechtenstein	15%
Madagascar	15%
Malawi	15%
Malaysia	19%
Mauritius	15%
Moldova	25%
Mozambique	15%

Myanmar (Burma)	40%
Namibia	15%
Nauru	15%
New Zealand	15%
Nicaragua	18%
Nigeria	15%
North Macedonia	15%
Norway	15%
Pakistan	19%
Papua New Guinea	15%
Philippines	19%
Serbia	35%
South Africa	30%
South Korea	15%
Sri Lanka	20%
Switzerland	39%
Syria	41%
Taiwan	20%
Thailand	19%
Trinidad and Tobago	15%
Tunisia	25%
Turkey	15%
Uganda	15%
United Kingdom	10%
Vanuatu	15%
Venezuela	15%
Vietnam	20%
Zambia	15%
Zimbabwe	15%

[1] For purposes of this Executive Order and its Annexes, “Column 1 Duty Rate” means the ad valorem (or ad valorem equivalent) rate of duty under column 1-General of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS).

ANNEX II

Effective with respect to goods entered for consumption, or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption, on or after 12:01 a.m. eastern daylight time 7 days after the date of the executive order, excluding the day the executive order is signed, subchapter III of chapter 99 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) is modified as follows:
- Heading 9903.01.25 of the HTSUS shall be amended by deleting the article description and by inserting “Articles the product of any country, except for products described in headings 9903.01.26–9903.01.33, 9903.02.02–9903.02.71, and 9903.96.01, and except as provided for in headings 9903.01.34 and 9903.02.01, as provided for in subdivision (v) of U.S. note 2 to this subchapter . . . . . . .” in lieu thereof; and
- Headings 9903.01.43–9903.01.62 and 9903.01.64–9903.01.76 and corresponding subdivisions (v)(xiii)(1)–(9) and (11)–(57) of U.S. note 2 to subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTSUS are hereby terminated as to any future entries.
- Subdivision (v) of U.S. note 2 to subchapter III of chapter 99 of the HTSUS shall be amended by:
  - Deleting “and 9903.01.43–9903.01.76” each place that it appears and inserting “9903.01.63, and 9903.02.01–9903.02.71” in lieu thereof;
  - Inserting the following new subdivision in numerical sequence at the end of subdivision (v) of U.S. note 2:

“As provided in headings 9903.02.19 and 9903.02.20, for any good of the European Union subject to a specific or compound rate of duty under column 1-General, the ad valorem equivalent rate of duty of such good shall be determined by dividing the amount of duty payable under column 1-General by the customs value of the good. For example, if a good were subject to a specific duty of 50 cents per kilogram, and one kilogram of the good were entered with a customs value of $10, then the ad valorem equivalent rate of duty would be obtained by dividing 50 cents by $10, yielding 5 percent.”

The following new headings shall be inserted in numerical sequence, with the material in the new heading inserted in the columns of the HTSUS labeled “Heading/Subheading”, “Article Description”, “Rates of Duty 1-General”, “Rates of Duty 1-Special”, and “Rates of Duty 2”, respectively:

Click here to view Annex II

MIL OSI USA News –

August 5, 2025

MIL-OSI Submissions: Global Bodies – World Conference of Speakers of Parliament calls for renewed global unity amid rising crises – IPU

Source: Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU)

Thursday 31 July 2025, Geneva, Switzerland – Parliamentary leaders from some 120 countries gathered at the United Nations Office at Geneva for the Sixth World Conference of Speakers of Parliament, a summit convened every five years by the Inter-Parliamentary Union (IPU) in partnership with the United Nations (UN).

The Conference, regarded as the world’s top parliamentary forum, was held from 29 to 31 July 2025. It gathered hundreds of participants, including 102 Speakers of Parliament, 34 Deputy Speakers, MPs, diplomats, UN officials, experts, and representatives from civil society, academia and the media.

The Conference took place amid rising global tensions and regional conflicts. After three days of debate and negotiations, the Speakers adopted a Declaration outlining the key transitions that are needed to advance peace, justice and prosperity, underpinned by a renewed commitment to deepen parliamentary engagement with the United Nations through a call for stronger and more effective multilateralism.

The Declaration highlights the need for greater collaboration and enhanced political will to tackle issues including climate change, armed conflict, economic instability and digital transformation. Parliamentary leaders underscored the view that global challenges require coordinated responses and solidarity among nations.

The Speakers also stressed the need to restore public trust in democracy and in its key institutions. The Declaration urges governments to fully integrate the UN Sustainable Development Goals into national policy, to tackle the rise in misinformation, and to ensure that legislation is grounded in science and evidence.

Security, the parliamentarians declared, should not be viewed solely through a military lens. Instead, they called for a broader approach that addresses the root causes of insecurity, from poverty and inequality to environmental decline.

Gender equality was a central theme, shaped in part by the 15th Summit of Women Speakers of Parliament, which preceded the Conference. The Summit, co-hosted by the IPU and the Swiss Parliament, reinforced calls to put women’s empowerment and gender parity at the heart of efforts to build peace and foster innovation.

Discussions in Geneva covered the need for economic reform, with parliamentary leaders supporting a shift towards sustainable, people-centred models. The Declaration advocates for investment in the green and care sectors and calls for greater protection of vulnerable populations.

As part of its forward-looking agenda, the Conference also called for stronger regulation of artificial intelligence and digital technologies, ensuring they are governed responsibly and used peacefully, with respect for fundamental rights and for the benefit of all of society.

Quotes:

Michael Douglas, actor, activist and UN Messenger of Peace, opening the Conference, said: “When your faith is in short supply… look to [the] dreamers. To progress, and those who make it possible. Most of all: look to one another. To leaders willing to choose compromise over ego. To parliaments that act as lighthouses, amidst a tempest of authoritarianism. To legislative bodies, struggling towards inclusive democracy – but refusing to give up. And to the parliamentarians not just in here, but out there, linking arms with the people in the fight against cruelty, against corruption, against kings.”

Tulia Ackson, IPU President, said: “We are all products of our communities and of our interaction with others, starting with our parents, day after day, for our entire lives. In Africa we express this idea in one word: Ubuntu. Which roughly means: I am, because you are. Likewise, there is no such thing as a nation that can live and prosper in isolation from the rest of the world. There can be no national interest defined in total juxtaposition to what is good for the world as a whole. Now more than ever, as the world has grown smaller and more interdependent, countries need to work together to find solutions to their common problems.”

Maja Riniker, President of the National Council of Switzerland, said: “We must put gender equality at the very centre of peace and security, now. Conflicts disproportionately affecting women and girls, gender-based violence used as a weapon of war have to stop. Women must be in peace negotiations and peace processes equally with men. We must ensure they are not only present but empowered, supported and resourced to take decisions at every stage of diplomacy, conflict prevention, negotiations, and post-conflict recovery. We must also ensure that international humanitarian law is upheld and that the consequences of conflict are addressed in a gender-responsive manner.”

Tatiana Valovaya, Director General of the UN Office at Geneva, said: “The United Nations deeply values its cooperation with parliaments, which are the beating heart of democracy. Parliamentary leadership is indispensable to the multilateral system: you craft laws, shape budgets, and hold governments to account. We are very pleased that the new era for the Assembly Hall starts with this World Conference.”

Martin Chungong, IPU Secretary General, concluding, said: “Looking at the number of Speakers and other high-level parliamentarians who have gathered here in Geneva and spoken so passionately over the past two days about their priorities to build a better world, I am filled with a renewed hope. A renewed belief that there is a future for the multilateral system that the UN has been building for 80 years… and the IPU for 136 years. A belief that we are stronger together, that dialogue and diplomacy are better tools for solving problems than bullets and bombs, and that parliaments can play a key role in reinvigorating global cooperation.”

The IPU is the global organization of national parliaments. It was founded in 1889 as the first multilateral political organization in the world, encouraging cooperation and dialogue between all nations. Today, the IPU comprises 181 national Member Parliaments and 15 regional parliamentary bodies. It promotes peace, democracy and sustainable development. It helps parliaments become stronger, younger, greener, more innovative and gender-balanced. It also def

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

August 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Atos – Half-year 2025 results on track. Full Year 2025 targets confirmed

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Press Release

Half-year 2025 results on track
Full Year 2025 targets confirmed

Significant progress in the execution of the Genesis transformation plan
- Reset of cost base well engaged, already impacting profitability
- Over 50% of the overall Genesis restructuring target incurred
  at the end of June
- Growth pillar initial phase achieved to deliver long-term ambition
Operating Margin up 80 bps proforma from 2.0% to 2.8%, to €113m (+15.4% yoy) despite the material decline in revenue, as anticipated
- Atos SBU: +1.7 pts to 5.7% driven by initial benefits from the restructuring plan and tight contract management
- Eviden SBU: -1.7 pts to -7.9% – consistent with previously announced seasonality
Significant improvement in Free Cash Flow¹to -€96m (including -€154m cash restructuring) from -€593m in H1 2024
H1 revenue at €4,020m, down 17.4% organically due to expected impact of contracts exit and low business traction in 2024.
Achieved a 10 pts yoy Book-to-Bill improvement reaching 83% despite soft market environment with:
- Improved or flat order entry in all regions apart from France
- Continued strategic deal wins with 11 large multi-year contracts signed vs. 5 in H1 2024. The positive commercial momentum is expected to continue in H2 2025
- Rolling 12-month pipeline increased by €1.5bn in Q2 including €1.3bn in large deals (over €30m)
Full Year 2025 targets and long-term trajectory confirmed
Share Purchase Agreement signed with the French State for the sale of Advanced Computing activities

Paris, August 1^st, 2025 – Atos, a leading provider of AI-powered digital transformation, today announces its half year 2025 financial results.

Philippe Salle, Atos Group Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer, declared:

“In a challenging environment, I am very encouraged by the determination of our teams in rolling-out the Genesis transformation plan with no delay. The voluntary optimization of the Group cost base is already starting to show initial benefits as shown through our half-year results: the operating margin is improving by over 15% year-on-year, a positive momentum which we intend to pursue. Our limited cash consumption is reflecting our disciplined approach to cash management, and we notice a sheer increase in enthusiasm among our customers towards the strategic refocusing of the Group.
We also reached a new significant milestone towards the sale of our Advanced Computing activities with the signature of a share purchase agreement with the French State.
We are looking ahead to the rest of the year and beyond with confidence and a single focus: executing on our strategy. We remain strongly committed to our 2025 targets and our long-term financial trajectory.”

H1 2025 performance highlights

In € million	H1 2025	H1 2024	Var.	H1 2024*	Organic Var.
Revenue	4,020	4,964	(944)	4,865	(845)
Operating Margin	113	115	(2)	98	+15
In % of revenue	2.8%	2.3%	+0.5 pts	2.0%	+0.8 pts
OMDA	309	373	(64)
In % of revenue	7.7%	7.5%	+0.2 pts
Net income – Group share	-696	-1,941	+ 1,245
Free Cash Flow²	-96	-593	+ 497
Net debt (excl. IFRS 9 adjustment)	-1,681	-4,218	+ 2,537

*: at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

Operational performance

Group revenue reached 4,020 million euros in the first half 2025, reflecting a 17.4% organic decline compared to the first half of 2024, driven by 2024 contract losses and voluntary contract exits, especially in the Atos Strategic Business Unit (SBU) in the United States and the United Kingdom, as well as overall soft market environment. The Atos SBU generated revenue of 3,603 million euros, down 17.9% organically compared to the first half of 2024. The Eviden SBU revenue was down 11.9% compared to the first half of 2024, to 417 million euros in the first half of 2025.

Group operating margin reached 113 million euros in the first half of 2025, representing an organic 15% increase compared to the first half of 2024 and 2.8% of revenue (compared to 2.0% in the first half of 2024), despite a 845 million revenue decline year-on-year. This performance demonstrates the initial benefits of the cost reduction measures engaged since the beginning of the year, especially in the Atos SBU where the operating margin improved 18% year-on-year. The Eviden SBU profitability was lower than last year, as expected, due to a strong seasonality throughout the year.

Disclosure in this section represents the revised reporting structure of Atos Group, following the implementation of the new organization in the first half 2025 reporting period. These are those that will be presented in the consolidated financial statements for the first half of 2025, which will be included in the 2025 half year report. Atos has identified Atos France, Atos BNN Benelux & the Nordics, Atos UK&I, Atos USA & CA, Atos GACE, Atos IM, Atos Global Delivery Centers, Eviden and Global Structures as the operating segments, mirroring the internal reporting structure. This reflects the review, management and assessment of the group’s operating results by Group Management following the implementation of the new organization.

In € million	H1 2025 Revenue	H1 2024* Revenue	Organic variation	H1 2025 OM	H1 2024 OM*	H1 2025 OM	Organic variation*
In € million	H1 2025 Revenue	H1 2024* Revenue	Organic variation	H1 2025 OM	H1 2024 OM*	H1 2025 OM	Organic variation*
ATOS	3,603	4,391	-17.9%	204	173	5.7%	+18.2%
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	767	831	-7.6%	1	-11	0.1%	ns
USA & Canada	695	978	-29.0%	70	92	10.1%	-24.4%
France	591	663	-10.8%	13	9	2.1%	+45.4%
UK & Ireland	583	821	-29,0%	50	48	8.6%	+4.5%
International Markets	561	668	-16.0%	46	39	8.2%	+18.8%
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	402	425	-5.4%	23	-1	5.6%	ns
Global Delivery Centers	5	6	-18.7%	2	-3	0.1%	ns
Eviden	417	474	-11.9%	-33	-30	-7.9%	+11.5%
Global Structures	–	–	–	-57	-45	-1.4%	+28.8%
Group total	4,020	4,865	-17.4%	113	98	2.8%	+15.4%

*: at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

Atos – Germany, Austria & Central Europe revenue was 767 million euros in the first half of 2025, representing a 7.6% organic decline compared to the first half of 2024 with a significant ramp down from a couple of large clients who implemented insourcing strategies. It also stemmed from managed exits from low profitability contracts. That was partially offset by successful fertilization and cross selling at existing clients.

Operating margin improved by 140 basis points year-on-year despite the non-recurring treatment of some reorganization expenses in the first half of 2024. It reached breakeven in the first half of 2025 thanks to the restructured delivery of existing contract portfolio and benefits from cost-saving initiatives.

Atos – USA & Canada revenue decreased by 284 million euros year-on-year on a proforma basis. This was driven essentially by 2024 large contract completions and ramp-downs as well as an uncertain macro and political environment. Churn on small size contracts was more than offset by growing activity at existing clients and new contracts during the period.

Operating margin improved 60 basis points compared to the first half of 2024 despite the material impact from revenue fall thru, thanks to the Genesis-led margin optimization actions already in place. It stood at 70 million euros in the first half of 2025.

Atos – France revenue reached 591 million euros in the first half of 2025, down 10.8% organically from the first half of 2024, due to high exposure to the recently muted public sector and the impact of financial restructuring on client perception in 2024.

Operating margin improved by 80 basis points year-on-year thanks to the benefit of cost-cutting initiatives on indirect costs, an improved billability rate despite revenue decline and improving low profitability contract management, quality of delivery and automation.

Atos – UK & Ireland revenue reached 583 million euros in the first half of 2025, down 29% organically year-on-year mostly as a result of planned large public sector BPO contracts completion in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Operating margin improved 280 basis points compared to the first half of 2024. In absolute terms, it was stable year-on-year despite the sharp decrease in revenue, thanks to the restructuring of low profitability contracts, successful delivery of new business and an already visible impact from cost-saving initiatives.

Atos – International Markets revenue was down 16% organically in the first half of 2025, to 561 million euros, mostly driven by softer performance in Asia Pacific, Switzerland and Major events that had benefited from the Olympics in the first half of 2024. That was partially offset by growing revenues in South America.

Operating margin improved by 240 bps compared to the first half of 2024 and reached 46 million euros in the first half of 2025 (up 7 million year-on-year). The contribution from lost revenue was more than offset by improved productivity, benefits from the Genesis transformation plan and lower one-off costs year-on-year with Olympics-related marketing costs incurred in the first half of 2024.

Atos – BNN, Benelux and the Nordics revenue stood at 402 million euros in the first half of 2025, down 5.4% organically compared to the first half of 2024 with churn partially offset by growing activity at existing clients.

Operating margin turned positive in the first half of 2025, to 23 million euros, or 5.6% of revenues. This was driven by the ramp up of higher profitability contracts and positive contribution from the Genesis action plan and continued positive service and project delivery.

Eviden revenue was 417 million euros in the first half of 2025, down 11.9% organically year-on-year, driven by the anticipated strong seasonality in Advanced Computing (down 10.9% compared to the first half of 2024).
Operating margin was –33 million euros, compared to -30 million euros in the first half of 2024 again, due to the seasonality in Advanced Computing. Significant revenue and profit recognition is expected in the fourth quarter of 2025. On a full-year basis the business unit is expected to generate positive operating margin.

Global Structures costs stood at -57 million euros in the first half of 2025, compared to -45 million euros in the first half of 2024, due to the non-recurring treatment of reorganization costs in the first half of 2024 and the UEFA marketing costs incurred centrally in the first half of 2025.

Update on the Genesis plan execution

At the Capital Markets Day that was held on May 14, 2025, the Group unveiled “Genesis”, its strategic and transformation plan for the next 4 years. It includes 22 workstreams regrouped under 7 pillars:

Growth
Human Resources
Countries review
Portfolio review
Gross Margin
Cost review
Cash

During the first half of 2025 significant progress was achieved, including the following:

Growth transformation: it has now passed the initial phase with a new growth and sales teams operating model deployed in all geographies and centrally. That included the right sizing and upskilling of the teams and sales enablement initiatives as well as prioritization to ensure frontline excellence and support future growth ambition. With that, processes were streamlined and optimized, enabling the sales force to concentrate efforts on meeting client needs. It is anticipated to yield results from the second half onwards
Countries review: to sharpen the geographical focus as announced in the Capital Markets Day, the Group exited one country and formally launched disposal processes for additional non-core countries
Contract portfolio review: in the first half of 2025, the Group reduced its exposure to low margin contracts (ie contracts with a project margin below 5%) to only three significant ones (vs seven at the end of 2024), and totaling a c.16 million euros negative impact on operating margin compared to c.52 million euros in the first half of 2024
Delivery and G&A optimization: the billability rate improved from 76% to 79% during the first half, and the General & Administrative cost base was reduced by 10% compared to the same period last year. Overall, over 50% of the 3-year restructuring envelope of 700 million euros was incurred at the end of June. The total headcount was 69,597 at the end of the period

Order entry and backlog

Commercial activity

Order entry reached €3.3 billion in H1 2025, slightly lower than the reported H1 2024 level, due to:

Muted commercial activity in France where significant organizational changes are being implemented to improve commercial efficiency, enrich our offering and secure long term business performance. All other regions delivered roughly flat or growing order entry in the first half of the year
The soft market environment observed in the last few months

Book-to-bill ratio was 83% in the first half of 2025, up from 73% in the same period of 2024. Main contract signatures in the second quarter of 2025 included two 4+ years Digital workplace deals totaling 140 million euros (of which 100 million euros in North America and 40 million euros in the UK), a 5+ years 80 million euros mainframe deal with a North American wholesaler of technology products, a 4+ years 50 million euros Cybersecurity contract in the public sector in Belgium, and two 3+ years digital applications contracts in Europe for a cumulative amount of 90 million euros with a consumer goods player on one side and a public sector body on the other.

Backlog & commercial pipeline

At the end of June 2025, the full backlog reached €12 billion representing 1.5 years of revenue.
The full qualified pipeline amounted to €4.1 billion at the end of June 2025, representing 6.1 months of revenue.

Net income

OOI
Other operating income and expenses amounted to –566 million euros in the first half of 2025, compared to –1,819 million euros in the first half of 2024. It mostly included restructuring and other non-recurring charges in relation to the Genesis transformation plan, as well as litigation provisions.

Financial income
Net financial expense was -202 million euros in the first half of 2025, compared to -175 million euros in the first half of 2024, reflecting the new debt structure of the Group and the fair value adjustment of the net debt.

Tax
Tax charge stood at -41 million euros in the first half of 2025, compared to -62 million euros in the first half of 2024.

Net result group share
As a result of the above net result Group share was a loss of –696 million euros in the first half of 2025, compared to a loss of –1,941 million euros in the first half of 2024.

Free cash flow

Free cash flow for the period stood at –96 million euros for the period excluding changes in working capital actions (WCA), reflecting the following items:

Operating margin before depreciation and amortization (OMDA) of 309 million euros
Capex of –93 million euros, or 2.3% of revenues
Leases of –122 million euros
Change in working capital requirement (excluding WCA) of 167 million euros, mostly driven by lower activity in the first half of 2025
Cash restructuring of –154 million euros, in relation to the Genesis transformation plan
Tax paid of -13 million euros
Net cash cost of debt of –80 million euros, including 18 million euros of financial income
Other items for –109 millions, that included litigation and onerous contracts

Net debt and debt covenants

At June 30, 2025, net debt was 1,681 million euros (746 million euros including IFRS 9 debt fair value adjustment), compared to 1,238 million euros as of December 31, 2024 (275 million euros including IFRS 9 debt fair value adjustment), and mainly consisted of:

Cash and cash equivalents for 1,364 million euros
Borrowings for 3,057 million euros (nominal value, excluding PIK) or 2,186 million euros including IFRS 9 fair value adjustment and PIK

The new credit documentation requires the Group to maintain:

from 31 March 2025, a minimum liquidity level of €650 million, to be verified at the end of each financial quarter
from 30 June 2027, as from each half-year end, a maximum level of financial leverage (“Total Net Leverage Ratio Covenant”), which is defined as the ratio of Financial indebtedness (mainly excluding IFRS 16 impacts and IFRS 9 debt fair value treatment) to pre-IFRS 16 OMDA; the ceilings thus applicable will be determined no later than 30 June 2026 with reference to a flexibility of 30% in relation to the Business Plan adopted by the Group at that time; these ceilings will in any event remain between 3.5x and 4.0x.

As of June 30, 2025, the Group financial leverage ratio (as defined in glossary) was 4.0x.

Outlook

The Group confirms its full year 2025 targets:

c. 8.5 billion euros revenue³
around 4% operating margin
net change in cash⁴ before debt repayment of c. -350 million euros

The long-term financial trajectory also remains unchanged.

In 2026, the Group expects to generate positive organic growth and net change in cash⁴ before debt repayment and M&A.

In 2028, with the assumption of a disposal of Advanced Computing in FY 2026 and a progressive reduction of its geographic footprint, the Group expects:

to grow revenues organically to between 8.5 and 9 billion euros, representing a 5-7% CAGR between 2025 and 2028. Strategic, targeted and disciplined M&A could further increase revenue to up to 9 to 10 billion euros
to reach an operating margin of around 10%, supported by cost reduction measures and structural visible growth, partially offset by an acceleration of R&D investments
to achieve a leverage ratio below 1.5x net debt/OMDAL⁵. On the path to an investment grade rating, the Group expects to achieve a BB profile in 2027

Sale of Advanced Computing

On July 31, 2025, Atos Group signed a share purchase agreement with the French State for the sale of its Advanced Computing business, excluding Vision AI activities, for an enterprise value (EV) of €410 million, including €110m earn-outs that are based on profitability indicators for fiscal years 2025 (€50 million potential earn-out that should be paid upon closing) and 2026 (€60 million additional potential earn-out). This EV is in line with the confirmatory offer received from the French State on June 2, 2025 which has been approved by Atos Group Board of Directors.

Atos Advanced Computing business regroups the High-Performance Computing (HPC) & Quantum as well as the Business Computing & Artificial intelligence divisions. The transaction perimeter is expected to generate revenue of circa €0.8 billion in 2025.

The French State will become the new shareholder of these activities, further supporting the business and its development over the long term.

Social processes for the signing of the SPA agreement are closed. The transaction is expected to close over H1 2026 once the carveout is completed and relevant authorizations have been received.

Interim condensed consolidated financial statements

Atos Group Board of Directors in its meeting held on July 31, 2025, has reviewed the Group interim condensed consolidated financial statements closed at June 30, 2025. The Statutory Auditors have completed their usual limited review of the half-year condensed consolidated financial statements and issued their unqualified report.

Conference call

Atos Group’s Management invites you to attend the first half 2025 results conference call on Friday, August 1st, 2025, at 08:00 am (CET – Paris).

You can join the webcast of the conference via the following link:

https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/mz677p34

If you want to join the conference by telephone, please register via this link:

https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIc7cb4acc36ee4ddbbe4878cdc98936fa

Upon registration, you will receive the dial-in info and a unique PIN to join the call as well as an email confirmation with the details.

After the conference, a replay of the webcast will be available on atos.net, in the Investors section.

Forthcoming events

October 20, 2025 (After Market Close)

Third quarter 2025 revenue

APPENDIX

H1 2024 revenue and operating margin at constant scope and exchange rates reconciliation

For the analysis of the Group’s performance, revenue and OM for H1 2025 is compared with H1 2024 revenue and OM at constant scope and foreign exchange rates. Reconciliation between the H1 2024 reported revenue and OM, and the H1 2024 revenue and OM at constant scope and foreign exchange rates is presented below, by segment.

H1 2024 revenue	H1 2024 published	Restatement	H1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	H1 2024*
In € million	H1 2024 published	Restatement	H1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	H1 2024*
ATOS	4,259	234	4,493	-3	-85	-13	4,391
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	779	62	841	0	-11	0	831
USA & Canada	949	38	987	0	0	-9	978
France	686	39	725	-4	-58	0	663
UK & Ireland	791	17	808	0	0	13	821
International Markets	675	27	702	0	-16	-17	668
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	375	49	424	1	0	0	425
Global Delivery Centers	4	2	6	0	0	0	6
Eviden	705	-234	471	3	0	0	474
Global Structures	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Group Total	4,964	0	4,964	0	-86	-13	4,865

H1 2024 Operating Margin	H1 2024 published	Restatement	H1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	H1 2024*
In € million	H1 2024 published	Restatement	H1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	H1 2024*
ATOS	175	-1	174	1	-15	12	173
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	-16	2	-14	-2	-2	7	-11
USA & Canada	97	0	96	0	0	-4	92
France	14	-2	12	2	-10	5	9
UK & Ireland	47	0	47	0	0	1	48
International Markets	40	0	40	0	-3	2	39
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	-4	3	-1	-3	0	3	-1
Global Delivery Centers	-3	-3	-6	3	0	-1	-3
Eviden	-16	2	-14	-2	0	-13	-30
Global Structures	-44	-1	-45	1	0	-1	-45
Group Total	115	0	115	0	-15	-2	98

*: at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

Restatement corresponds to the transfer of Cybersecurity Services from Eviden to Atos.

Scope effects amounted to €-86 million. They related to the divesture of Worldgrid in France, International Markets (Iberia) and Germany.

Currency effects negatively contributed to revenue of -13 million. They mostly came from the depreciation of the US dollar, the Brazilian real, the Argentinian peso and the Turkish lira, partially compensated by the appreciation of the British pound.

Q1 2024 revenue at constant scope and exchange rates reconciliation

For the analysis of the Group’s performance, revenue for Q1 2025 is compared with Q1 2024 revenue at constant scope and foreign exchange rates.

Q1 2024 revenue	Q1 2024 published	Restatement	Q1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	Q1 2024*
In € million	Q1 2024 published	Restatement	Q1 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	Q1 2024*
ATOS	2,155	118	2,273	-1	-43	22	2,251
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	385	30	416	0	-6	0	410
USA & Canada	474	20	493	0	0	15	509
France	354	20	375	-2	-30	0	343
UK & Ireland	410	9	419	0	0	10	430
International Markets	339	14	352	0	-8	-4	341
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	190	25	215	0	0	0	215
Global Delivery Centers	2	1	3	0	0	0	3
Eviden	324	-118	206	1	0	1	207
Global Structures	0	0	0	0	0	0	0
Group Total	2,479	0	2,479	0	-44	23	2,458

* at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

Q2 2024 revenue at constant scope and exchange rates reconciliation

For the analysis of the Group’s performance, revenue for Q2 2025 is compared with Q2 2024 revenue at constant scope and foreign exchange rates.

Q2 2024 revenue	Q2 2024 published	Restatement	Q2 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	Q2 2024*
In € million	Q2 2024 published	Restatement	Q2 2024 restated	Internal transfers	Scope effects	Exchange rates effects	Q2 2024*
ATOS	2,105	116	2,220	-2	-42	-35	2,140
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	394	31	425	0	-5	0	420
USA & Canada	476	18	494	0	0	-24	470
France	331	18	350	-2	-28	0	320
UK & Ireland	380	9	389	0	0	2	391
International Markets	337	13	350	0	-8	-13	327
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	184	25	209	0	0	0	210
Global Delivery Centers	2	1	3	0	0	0	3
Eviden	381	-116	265	2	0	0	266
Global Structures	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Group Total	2,486	0	2,486	0	-42	-36	2,407

* at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

Q1 2025 and Q2 2025 revenue according to the new Group reporting structure

In € million	Q1 2025 Revenue	Q1 2024* Revenue	Organic variation*	Q2 2025 Revenue	Q2 2024* Revenue	Organic variation*
In € million	Q1 2025 Revenue	Q1 2024* Revenue	Organic variation*	Q2 2025 Revenue	Q2 2024* Revenue	Organic variation*
ATOS	1,861	2,251	-17.3%	1,742	2,140	-18.6%
Germany, Austria & Central Europe	385	410	-6.1%	382	420	-9.1%
USA & Canada	370	509	-27.3%	324	470	-31.0%
France	304	343	-11.4%	287	320	-10.2%
UK & Ireland	302	430	-29.6%	280	391	-28.4%
International Markets	290	341	-14.8%	271	327	-17.1%
BNN Benelux & the Nordics	206	215	-4.4%	196	210	-6.4%
Global Delivery Centers	2	3	-10.6%	2	3	-23.9%
Eviden	208	207	0.1%	210	266	-21.3%
Global Structures	–	–	–	–	–	–
Group total	2,068	2,458	-15.9%	1,952	2,407	-18.9%

* at constant scope and June 2025 average exchange rates

H1 2025 consolidated Profit & Loss Account

(in € million)	6 months ended June 30, 2025	6 months ended June 30, 2024
Revenue	4,020	4,964
Personnel expense	-2,115	-2,615
Non-personnel operating expense	-1,792	-2,235
Operating margin	113	115
% of revenue	2.8%	2.3%
Other operating income and expense	-566	-1,819
Operating income (loss)	-452	-1,704
% of revenue	-11.3%	-34.3%
Net cost of financial debt	-162	-73
Other financial expense	-62	-135
Other financial income	22	33
Net financial income (expense)	-202	-175
Net income (loss) before tax	-654	-1,879
Tax charge	-41	-62
Net income (loss)	-695	-1,941
Of which:
▪ attributable to owners of the parent	-696	-1,941
▪ non-controlling interests	1	0

H1 2025 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

in € million	6 months ended June 30, 2025	6 months ended June 30, 2024
Net income (loss) before tax	-654	-1,879
Depreciation of fixed assets	134	125
Depreciation of right-of-use	99	138
Net addition (release) to operating provisions	-1	-10
Net addition (release) to financial provisions	6	28
Net addition (release) to other operating provisions	199	-55
Amortization of intangible assets (PPA from acquisitions)	12	29
Impairment of goodwill and other non-current assets	24	1 570
Losses (gains) on disposals of non-current assets	3	71
Net charge for equity-based compensation	–	3
Unrealized losses (gains) on changes in fair value and other	–	-1
Net cost of financial debt	162	73
Interests on lease liability	15	19
Net cash from (used in) operating activities before change in working capital requirement and taxes	-3	111
Tax paid	-13	-45
Change in working capital requirement	43	-1 477
Net cash from (used in) operating activities	28	-1,411
Payment for tangible and intangible assets	-93	-278
Proceeds from disposals of tangible and intangible assets	–	5
Net operating investments	-93	-273
Amounts paid for acquisitions and long-term investments	–	-10
Net proceeds from disposals of financial investments	1	-1
Net long-term financial investments	1	-11
Net cash from (used in) investing activities	-92	-284
Common stock issued	1	–
Purchase and sale of treasury stock	–	-1
Dividends paid*	–	-12
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests	–	-2
Lease payments	-122	-159
New borrowings	–	470
Repayment of borrowings	–	-10
Interests paid	-80	-53
Other flows related to financing activities	-6	-77
Net cash from (used in) financing activities	-207	155
Increase (decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents	-271	-1,540
Opening net cash and cash equivalents	1,739	2,295
Increase (decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents	-271	-1,540
Impact of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents	-104	4
Closing net cash and cash equivalents	1,364	759

H1 2025 Balance Sheet

(in € million)	June 30, 2025	December 31, 2024
ASSETS
Goodwill	574	653
Intangible assets	306	349
Tangible assets	524	580
Right-of-use assets	466	550
Equity-accounted investments	12	12
Non-current financial assets	98	131
Deferred tax assets	213	184
Total non-current assets	2,193	2,458
Trade accounts and notes receivable	2,190	2,435
Current taxes	90	102
Other current assets	1,340	1,510
Current financial instruments	0	2
Cash and cash equivalents	1,364	1,739
Total current assets	4,984	5,788
TOTAL ASSETS	7,176	8,246

(in € million)	June 30, 2025	December 31, 2024
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common stock	19	18
Additional paid-in capital	1,887	1,887
Consolidated retained earnings	-1,302	-1,354
Net income (loss) attributable to the owners of the parent	-696	248
Equity attributable to the owners of the parent	-91	799
Non-controlling interests	1	–
Total shareholders’ equity	-91	799
Provisions for pensions and similar benefits	664	782
Non-current provisions	465	345
Borrowings	2,174	2,089
Deferred tax liabilities	138	69
Non-current lease liabilities	438	498
Other non-current liabilities	4	3
Total non-current liabilities	3,884	3,787
Trade accounts and notes payable	971	1,018
Current taxes	66	75
Current provisions	386	315
Current portion of borrowings	11	17
Current lease liabilities	190	207
Other current liabilities	1,759	2,028
Total current liabilities	3,383	3,660
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	7,176	8,246

Glossary

Operational capital employed: Operational capital employed comprises net fixed assets and net working capital but excludes goodwill and net assets held for sale.

Current and non-current assets or liabilities: A current and non-current distinction is made between assets and liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position. Atos has classified as current assets and liabilities those assets and liabilities that Atos expects to realize, use or settle during its normal cycle of operations, which can extend beyond 12 months following the period end. Current assets and liabilities, excluding the current portion of borrowings, lease liabilities and provisions, and current financial instruments represent the Group working capital requirement.

DSO: (Days of Sales Outstanding). DSO is the amount of trade accounts receivable (including contract assets) expressed in days of revenue (on a last-in, first-out basis). The number of days is calculated in accordance with the Gregorian calendar.

Organic growth: Organic growth represents the percent growth of a unit based on a constant scope and exchange rates basis.

CAGR: The Compound Annual Growth Rate reflects the mean annual growth rate over a specified period of time longer than one year. It is calculating by dividing the value at the end of the period in question by its value at the beginning of that period, raise the result to the power of one divided by the period length, and subtract one from the subsequent result. As an example:

2019-2021 revenue CAGR = (Revenue 2021 / Revenue 2018) (1/3) -1

Operating margin: Operating margin equals to External Revenues less personnel and operating expense. It is calculated before Other Operating Income and Expense as defined below.

Other operating income and expense:

Other operating income and expense include:

the amortization and impairment of intangible assets recognized as part of business combinations such as customer relationships, technologies and goodwill
when accounting for business combinations, the Group may record provisions in the opening statement of financial position for a period of 12 months beyond the business combination date. After the 12-month period, unused provisions arising from changes in circumstances are released through the income statement under “Other operating income and expense”
the cost of acquiring and integrating newly controlled entities, including earn out with or without presence conditions
the net gains or losses on disposals of consolidated companies or businesses
the fair value of shares granted to employees including social contributions
the restructuring and rationalization expense relating to business combinations or qualified as unusual, infrequent and abnormal. When a restructuring plan qualifies for Other operating income and expense, the related real estate rationalization & associated costs regarding premises are presented on the same line
the curtailment effects on restructuring costs and the effects of plan amendments on defined benefit plans resulting from triggering events that are not under control of Atos management
the net gain or loss on tangible and intangible assets that are not part of Atos core-business such as real estate
other unusual, abnormal and infrequent income or expense such as major disputes or litigation.

Gross margin and indirect costs: Gross margin is composed of revenue less the direct costs of goods sold. Direct costs relate to the generation of products and/or services delivered to customers, while indirect costs include all costs related to indirect staff (defined hereafter), which are not directly linked to the realization of the revenue. The operating margin comprises gross margin less indirect costs.

EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization): for Atos, EBITDA is based on Operating Margin less non-cash items and is referred to as OMDA (Operating Margin before Depreciation and Amortization).

OMDA (Operating Margin before Depreciation and Amortization) is calculated as follows:

Operating margin:

less – Depreciation of fixed assets (as disclosed in the “financial report”)
less – Depreciation of right of use (as disclosed in the “financial report”)
less – Net charge (release) of provisions (composed of net charge of provisions for current assets and net charge of provisions for contingencies and losses, both disclosed in the “financial report”)
less – Net charge (release) of provisions for pensions (as disclosed in the “financial report”).

OMDAL: OMDA – lease repayments.

Gearing: The proportion, expressed as a percentage of net debt to total shareholders’ equity (Group share and minority interests).

Interest cover ratio: Operating margin divided by the net cost of financial debt, expressed as a multiple.

Leverage ratio: Net debt (before changes in working capital actions and IFRS 9 fair value adjustment) / OMDAL rolling 12-months.

Operating income (loss): Operating income (loss) comprises net income (loss) before deferred and current income taxes, net financial income (expense), and share of net profit (loss) of equity-accounted investments.

Cash flow from operations: Cash flow coming from the operations and calculated as a difference between OMDA, net capital expenditures, lease payment and change in working capital requirement.

Net cash or net debt: Net cash or net debt comprises total borrowings (bonds, short term and long-term loans, securitization and other borrowings), short-term financial assets and liabilities bearing interest with maturity of less than 12 months, less cash and cash equivalents. Liabilities associated with lease contracts and derivatives are excluded from the net debt.

Free Cash Flow (FCF): The Free Cash Flow represents the change in net cash or net debt, excluding capital increase, share buyback, dividends paid to shareholders and non-controlling interests, net acquisition or disposal of companies.

Earnings (loss) per share (EPS): Basic EPS is the net income (loss) divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is the net income (loss) divided by the diluted weighted-average number of common shares for the period (number of shares outstanding + dilutive instruments with dilutive effect).

Revenue: Revenue related to Atos’ sales to third parties (excluding VAT).

TCV (Total Contract Value): The Total Value of a Contract at signature (prevision or estimation) over its duration represents the firm order and contractual part of the contract excluding any clause on the decision of the client, as anticipated withdrawal clause, additional option or renewal.

Order entry/bookings: The TCV, orders or amendments signed during a defined period. When an offer is won (contract signed), the total contract value is added to the backlog and the order entry is recognized.

Book-to-bill: The Book-to-Bill is the ratio expressed in percentage of the order entry in a period divided by revenue of the same period.

Backlog/Order cover: The value of signed contracts, orders and amendments that remain to be recognized over their contract lives.

Pipeline: The value of revenues that may be earned from outstanding commercial proposals issued to clients. Qualified pipeline applies an estimated percentage likelihood of proposal success.

Direct Staff: Direct staff includes permanent staff and subcontractors, whose work is billable to a third party.

Indirect staff: Indirect staff includes permanent staff or subcontractors, who are not billable to clients. Indirect staff is not directly involved in the generation of products and/or services delivered to clients.

Disclaimer

This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including references, concerning the Group’s expected growth and profitability in the future which may significantly impact the expected performance indicated in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties are linked to factors out of the control of the Company and not precisely estimated, such as market conditions or competitors’ behaviors. Any forward-looking statements made in this document are statements about Atos’s beliefs and expectations and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include statements that may relate to Atos’s plans, objectives, strategies, goals, future events, future revenues or synergies, or performance, and other information that is not historical information. Actual events or results may differ from those described in this document due to a number of risks and uncertainties that are described within the 2024 Universal Registration Document filed with the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF) on April 10, 2025 under the registration number D.25-0238. Atos does not undertake, and specifically disclaims, any obligation or responsibility to update or amend any of the information above except as otherwise required by law.

This document does not contain or constitute an offer of Atos’s shares for sale or an invitation or inducement to invest in Atos’s shares in France, the United States of America or any other jurisdiction. This document includes information on specific transactions that shall be considered as projects only. In particular, any decision relating to the information or projects mentioned in this document and their terms and conditions will only be made after the ongoing in-depth analysis considering tax, legal, operational, finance, HR and all other relevant aspects have been completed and will be subject to general market conditions and other customary conditions, including governance bodies and shareholders’ approval as well as appropriate processes with the relevant employee representative bodies in accordance with applicable laws.

About Atos Group

Atos Group is a global leader in digital transformation with c. 70,000 employees and annual revenue of c. € 10 billion, operating in 67 countries under two brands — Atos for services and Eviden for products. European number one in cybersecurity, cloud and high-performance computing, Atos Group is committed to a secure and decarbonized future and provides tailored AI-powered, end-to-end solutions for all industries. Atos is a SE (Societas Europaea) and listed on Euronext Paris.

The purpose of Atos is to help design the future of the information space. Its expertise and services support the development of knowledge, education and research in a multicultural approach and contribute to the development of scientific and technological excellence. Across the world, the Group enables its customers and employees, and members of societies at large to live, work and develop sustainably, in a safe and secure information space.

Contact

Investor relations: investors@atos.net

Individual shareholders: +33 8 05 65 00 75

Media relations: globalprteam@atos.net

1 Excluding change in Working Capital Actions

2 Excluding change in Working Capital Actions

3 At Dec 31, 2024 currency

4 At constant currency

5 Defined as Operating Margin before Depreciations, Amortization and Leases

Attachment

Atos Group – 2025 08 01 – H1 2025 Results – PR

The MIL Network –

August 5, 2025

MIL-OSI Submissions: Trade – Trump’s tariffs cement new multipolar global economy: deVere CEO

Source: deVere Group

August 1 2025 – Donald Trump’s sweeping new tariffs are not just reshaping global trade – they are accelerating the rise of a multipolar global economy.

The shift away from a US-dominated system is no longer theoretical, it is active and accelerating.

“Multipolarity now defines the direction of global trade,” says Nigel Green, CEO of deVere Group, one of the world’s largest independent financial advisory and asset management organizations.

“These tariffs are forcing countries to rewire their trade, capital, and strategic priorities. The world is moving toward multiple centres of economic power and influence.”

Effective August 7, the US will impose tariffs on nearly every major trading partner.

Countries running a trade deficit with the US face a 15% floor. Canada has been hit with 35%. Brazil, 50%.

India now faces a 25% rate, alongside a financial penalty for continuing energy and defence ties with Russia—despite being positioned by Trump as a close ally.

“India’s inclusion shows how quickly partners can become pressure points. This pressure is already nudging New Delhi toward deeper cooperation with trade rival Beijing. The consequences will be long-term.”

While trade deals with China and Mexico remain under negotiation, the broader international response is already unfolding.

“Beijing, Moscow, and increasingly Delhi are coordinating more closely on trade, infrastructure and investment. Long-time allies like Switzerland and Taiwan are reassessing risk. Many governments are seeking to reduce exposure to Washington’s economic leverage altogether.

“This isn’t a rerun of past trade disputes. It is a global shift away from reliance on the US as the central node. New trade networks are forming by necessity, not necessarily by preference.”

Diplomatic talks with China have intensified in recent months, with meetings in Geneva, London and Stockholm.

Beijing is focused on securing a continued freeze on US semiconductor export controls. Washington is demanding action on fentanyl, greater access for American firms, and increased Chinese purchases of US goods. But the real story lies beyond the negotiating table.

“Tariffs are being baked in as permanent features of the new economic order. Countries are responding by building systems that can operate without US permission.”

The US tariff list now stretches across continents. Switzerland faces 39%. South Africa, Libya, Algeria, Serbia, and several others between 30% and 41%. Taiwan, Israel, Pakistan, and Norway are all in the 15–20% range. The sweep is deliberate—and global.

“Markets are adjusting. Capital is shifting. Supply chains are realigning around regional strength, not global scale.”

Nigel Green continues: “The dollar remains dominant, but its influence is no longer unchallenged.

“Central banks are pursuing alternatives. Reserve diversification is accelerating. Regional trading blocs are pushing forward with new payments infrastructure, less reliant on Washington’s rules.

“This fragmentation is the new baseline. The post-war consensus on trade and financial cooperation is fading. What replaces it is a world of multiple economic power and influence centres, each with their own rules and reach.”

For investors, the implications are direct. Correlations are weakening. Policy risk is climbing. Exposure to geopolitical realignment is no longer abstract, it’s active.

“Anyone still expecting a return to the old system is behind the curve. This is the direction of travel now. Global trade will be multipolar. Capital allocation must reflect that.”

The deVere CEO concludes: “It locks in a new world order where influence is distributed, and alignment is increasingly transactional. For global investors, it marks the start of a generation-defining realignment.

“From here, economic and trade power is going to become more fragmented—and competition for it more intense.”

deVere Group is one of the world’s largest independent advisors of specialist global financial solutions to international, local mass affluent, and high-net-worth clients. It has a network of offices around the world, more than 80,000 clients, and $14bn under advisement.

MIL OSI – Submitted News –

August 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Economics: Services trade growth slows in first quarter of 2025

Source: World Trade Organization

Services exports in Europe and North America increased by only 3% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2025, down from 8% and 11% respectively in the first quarter of 2024. In contrast, strong growth was sustained in Asia at 9%.

The overall slowdown in services trade was mainly due to “Other commercial services,” a category that encompasses a wide variety of mostly digitally deliverable services ranging from financial to professional services (Chart 1). In 2024, “Other commercial services” accounted for some 60% of global services trade, with Europe contributing 40% of those exports (Chart 2).

Chart 1: Commercial services trade growth by main sector, 2024Q1-2025Q1
Year-on-year % change

Note: Services trade measured as exports.
Source: WTO-UNCTAD estimates.

Chart 2: Structure of world exports of commercial services, 2024
% shares

Source: WTO-UNCTAD estimates.

Chart 3 shows a deceleration across selected subsectors of “Other commercial services” in the first quarter of 2025 compared with the same period of 2024. Growth in “Other business services,” covering various professional, technical and trade-related services, as well as research and development services, moderated. The United States posted a subdued 4% year-on-year increase in “Other business services” following an 8% expansion in the same period of 2024. Exports by the European Union remained flat in US dollar terms, although they rose by 4% when measured in euros.

Financial services exports grew by only 3% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2025, reflecting reduced investment activity amid increased global economic uncertainty. The sector was also affected by exchange rate movements, which dampened US dollar-denominated growth. Exports from both the European Union and the United States rose just 2% year-on-year while Switzerland’s exports fell by 3%. The United Kingdom, on the contrary, posted a robust 10% year-on-year increase sustained by double digit growth in exports to the United States (+13%).

Intellectual property related services expanded by 4% year-on-year in the first three months of 2025 in comparison with a 7% growth in the same quarter of 2024. Global trade in IP-related services remains highly concentrated, with the European Union and the United States accounting for nearly 70% of exports in 2024. EU exports, measured in US dollars, rose by just 3% year-on-year, held back by exchange rate volatility, despite stronger underlying growth of 6% in euro terms.

Global construction exports fell by 15% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2025, reversing part of the strong 25% growth recorded during the same period in 2024. The decline reflects weaker performance across several key economies, including China (-25%), which alone accounted for over 28% of global construction exports in 2024, the Republic of Korea (-15%), and the European Union (-6%). The downturn in the first quarter likely reflects delayed investment due to uncertainty and rising costs.

Computer services exports were only marginally affected by the broader slowdown, as strong global demand for artificial intelligence (AI), digital transformation, and cybersecurity solutions continued to drive growth. This momentum is expected to persist, supported by ongoing business adaptation to new technologies and rising consumer preferences for digital services. During the period, India’s computer services exports grew by 13%, while Ireland recorded a 9% increase.

Chart 3: Other commercial services exports by selected subsector, 2024 and Q1 2025
Year-on-year % change

Note: Sectors are ranked according to their relative share in services trade in 2024.
Source: WTO estimates for Q1 2025 and Q1 2024; WTO-UNCTAD estimates for 2024.

As for the other main sectors of commercial services, global transport exports were up 3% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2025, following rapid growth especially in the third and fourth quarter of 2024 due to frontloading. Asia recorded the fastest growth, up 10%, driven by a 31% rise in China, while Singapore and the Republic of Korea posted modest gains of 2%. Payments for shipping services increased by 19% in South and Central America and the Caribbean, as demand for goods surged.

Despite a difficult economic and geopolitical context, international travel expanded by 5% year-on-year in the first quarter of 2025. For the first time since the pandemic, international tourist arrivals were 3% above 2019 levels according to UN Tourism data. In Asia, travel receipts grew by 13%, driven by China (+96%), Viet Nam (+33%), Japan (+25%) and Thailand (+18%) as tourism continues to recover in the region. By contrast, North America’s travel receipts fell by 1%.

Services trade performance varied across major traders in the first five months of 2025 according to available monthly statistics. Double digit exports growth was recorded in Asian economies such as China (+13%, through June), India (+12%) and Japan (+11%). In North America, the United States and Canada saw diverging trends. US service exports rose by 5%, while Canada recorded a 6% decline. The EU’s service exports to non-member countries rose by 3%, while imports from outside the Union grew more sharply, increasing by 6%. The United Kingdom recorded marked growth, with exports up 9% and imports rising by 13%.

Chart 4: Services export and import growth of selected economies, January-May 2025
Year-on-year % change

Note: Statistics for Brazil, China and Pakistan refer to January-June.
Source : National sources and Eurostat.

Quarterly statistics are estimates as of time of publication and subject to frequent revisions. They are available for download at WTO Stats, as well as monthly statistics. Annual services trade data and related visualizations can be accessed at WTO | Statistics — Global Services Trade Data Hub and WTO | World Trade Statistics 2024.

Share

MIL OSI Economics –

August 5, 2025
MIL-OSI Russia: NPC Standing Committee Chairman Calls for High-Level Development of Innovative Strategic Partnership with Switzerland

Translation. Region: Russian Federal

Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

GENEVA, July 31 (Xinhua) — Zhao Leji, chairman of the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China, called for jointly promoting the high-level development of the China-Switzerland innovative strategic partnership. He made the call during an official goodwill visit to Switzerland from July 28 to 31.

As Zhao Leji noted during talks with Maja Riniker, President of the National Council of the Federal Assembly (lower house of parliament) of Switzerland, and Andrea Caroni, President of the Council of States of the Federal Assembly (upper house of parliament) of Switzerland, Switzerland became one of the first Western countries to establish diplomatic relations with the People’s Republic of China.

According to the NPC Standing Committee chairman, in the 75 years since the establishment of diplomatic relations, the two countries have jointly nurtured a spirit of cooperation characterized by “equality, innovation and win-win”, creating a model of cooperation between countries with different social systems, stages of development and territorial sizes.

Zhao Leji pointed out that China is willing to work with Switzerland to implement the important agreements reached by the leaders of the two countries and promote the high-level development of the China-Swiss innovative strategic partnership.

Noting that mutual respect and mutual trust are important foundations for the long-term and sustainable development of bilateral relations, he said China hopes to maintain the positive momentum of high-level exchanges with Switzerland and welcomes more Swiss leaders and parliamentarians to visit the country so that they can experience the real, multifaceted and diverse China.

Respecting each other’s core interests and major concerns is a valuable experience and the right path for China-Switzerland relations, Zhao Leji stressed, adding that the Chinese side highly values Switzerland’s commitment to expanding cooperation with China and hopes to strengthen exchanges and cooperation so as to accumulate more positive energy for the development of bilateral relations.

The Chairman of the NPC Standing Committee pointed out that Switzerland was the first country in continental Europe to sign a free trade agreement with China, and noted the rapid development of bilateral economic and trade cooperation since the document came into effect. He expressed hope for joint advancement of negotiations on updating the free trade agreement and high-quality financial cooperation, and welcomed the expansion of Swiss capital investment in China.

Zhao Leji called for expanding cooperation in the arts, sports, education and at the local level to consolidate the foundation of public and popular support for China-Swiss friendship.

He expressed the hope that China and Switzerland, as two important peace-loving and multilateralist forces, will continue to strengthen coordination in multilateral forums, jointly oppose unilateralism and protectionism, safeguard international trade rules and the world economic order, and promote fairer and more reasonable global governance.

Zhao Leji noted that the NPC and the Swiss Federal Assembly have maintained long-standing friendly ties and made positive contributions to the development of China-Swiss relations and practical cooperation.

As the chairman of the NPC Standing Committee noted, the two sides should continue to enhance friendly exchanges between their legislative organs, carry out mutual exchanges of experience in lawmaking and supervision, promptly formulate, revise and approve legal documents that promote bilateral cooperation, and strengthen communication and cooperation within multilateral mechanisms such as the Inter-Parliamentary Union.

M. Riniker, for her part, pointed out that this year marks the 75th anniversary of the establishment of bilateral diplomatic relations between the two countries. Based on mutual respect, openness and goodwill, Swiss-Chinese relations are developing steadily and yielding fruitful results, she emphasized.

According to M. Riniker, the National Council intends to strengthen cooperation with the NPC to play an active role in promoting the renewal of the free trade agreement between the two countries and promoting their sustainable development.

A. Caroni noted that both countries firmly adhere to the goals and principles of the UN Charter and resolutely defend multilateralism.

Strengthening cooperation with China is of strategic importance for Switzerland, stressed A. Caroni, adding that the Council of States hopes to further increase exchanges and dialogue with the Chinese side to improve mutual understanding and promote joint development. –0–

Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

.

MIL OSI Russia News –

August 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: ANNOUNCEMENT OF A VOLUNTARY SHARE EXCHANGE OFFER MADE BY EURONEXT N.V. TO ACQUIRE THE ORDINARY REGISTERED SHARES OF HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. IN CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES OF EURONEXT N.V.
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

NOT FOR RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN OR INTO ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH RELEASE, PUBLICATION OR DISTRIBUTION WOULD BE PROHIBITED BY, OR CONSTITUTE A VIOLATION OF, THE RELEVANT LAWS OF THAT JURISDICTION OR REQUIRE EURONEXT AND/OR ATHEX TO TAKE ANY FURTHER ACTION.

PLEASE SEE THE IMPORTANT DISCLAIMERS AT THE END OF THIS ANNOUNCEMENT.

ANNOUNCEMENT OF A VOLUNTARY SHARE EXCHANGE OFFER MADE BY EURONEXT N.V. TO ACQUIRE THE ORDINARY REGISTERED SHARES OF HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. IN CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES OF EURONEXT N.V.

31 July 2025

Executive Summary

Euronext N.V. (“Euronext” or the “Offeror”, and together with any and all of its directly, or indirectly, wholly, or partially, owned subsidiaries, the “Euronext Group”) announces today the submission of a voluntary share exchange offer (the “Tender Offer”) to acquire all common registered shares, each having a nominal value of €0.42 (each, an “ATHEX Share”) of HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A. (“ATHEX” or the “Company” and together with its subsidiaries, the “ATHEX Group”), for newly issued ordinary shares in the capital of the Offeror, with a nominal value of €1.60 each (each, a “Consideration Share”) on a ratio of 0.050 Consideration Share for 1 ATHEX Share, in accordance with Greek Law 3461/2006 (the “Law”). Based on Euronext’s 1-week VWAP of €147.24 as of 29 July 2025, the Offer values the entire issued and to be issued ordinary share capital¹ of ATHEX at approximately €425.9 million on a fully diluted basis.

The purpose of the Tender Offer is for the Offeror to acquire direct control over ATHEX and integrate the ATHEX Group into the Euronext Group. Pursuant to the Tender Offer, the Offeror seeks to become the direct parent company of ATHEX and the ultimate parent company of ATHEX Group with a shareholding structure where all ATHEX shareholders will become shareholders of the Offeror.

The principal objective of the Tender Offer is to acquire and integrate ATHEX into Euronext, a comprehensive pan-European business model characterized by a single liquidity pool, a single order book, a single trading technology platform, a common approach to listing and a unified post-trading framework in order to reduce fragmentation in European financial markets, reinforcing the Savings and Investment Union endeavors, and finance the real European economy effectively.

The integration of ATHEX Group within the Euronext group is expected to (i) strengthen access to financing for Greek corporates, (ii) embed ATHEX within a pan-European trading framework, (iii) reinforce the operating resiliency of the local capital markets and (iv) create a unified post-trade infrastructure.

Greek ecosystem to be fully part of the Offeror’s governance and supervision through (i) the CEO of ATHEX joining the Managing Board of Euronext, (ii) HCMC joining Euronext’s College of Regulators and (iii) subject to the Offeror’s shareholders’ and regulatory approvals, an independent director representing the Greek ecosystem will join the Offeror’s Supervisory Board.

ATHEX Group will maintain its ties to Greece after the Tender Offer, retaining its head office in Athens, while ATHEX’s tax residence will remain in Greece.

On 30 July 2025, the Offeror and ATHEX entered into a Cooperation Agreement that outlines the terms and conditions under which both the Offeror and ATHEX agree to work together towards the completion of the Tender Offer.

In addition, all members of the Board of Directors of ATHEX owning ATHEX shares including CEO Yannos Kontopoulos have agreed to tender ATHEX shares they own today or may own during Tender Offer subject to the issuance of a reasoned opinion of ATHEX’s Board of Directors in favour of the Tender Offer.

Deutsche Bank AG is acting as advisor to Euronext in connection with the Tender Offer.

The Tender Offer

In accordance with the Law, Euronext, announces the submission of the Tender Offer to acquire all of the outstanding ordinary registered shares of ATHEX, as at 30 July 2025 (the “Date of the Tender Offer”), i.e. 60,348,000 ATHEX Shares representing 100% of the total issued share capital and voting rights of ATHEX as at that date.

ATHEX is a Greek société anonyme under the name “HELLENIC EXCHANGES-ATHENS STOCK EXCHANGE S.A.”, registered with the General Commercial Registry with registration number 003719101000 and registered seat at 110 Athinon Ave, 104 42, Athens. The share capital of ATHEX amounts to €25,346,160.00 and is divided into 60,348,000 shares, with a par value of €0.42 each, which has been fully paid-up. The ATHEX’s shares are commonly registered with a voting right. According to the announcements that ATHEX has published until and including 30 July 2025, ATHEX held an aggregate of 2,498,000 of issued ATHEX Shares (the “Treasury Shares”). ATHEX’s shares were admitted to trading on the Athens Stock Exchange in August 2000 and are currently traded on the main market of the Athens Stock Exchange under the trading symbol EXAE.

The Date of the Tender Offer is the date on which Euronext initiated the Tender Offer process by informing the Hellenic Capital Market Commission (the “HCMC”) and the board of directors of ATHEX of the Tender Offer and submitting to them a draft of the Greek information circular (the “Information Circular”), in accordance with article 10, paragraph 1 of the Law.

The Offeror will publish by way of separate announcement the commencement of the acceptance period of the Tender Offer (the “Acceptance Period”) and the means to tender.

The companies of the Euronext Group are acting in concert with the Offeror for the purposes of the Tender Offer, pursuant to article 2, case (e) of the Law .There are no other persons acting in concert with the Offeror for the purposes of the Tender Offer, pursuant to article 2, case (e) of the Law. As at the Date of the Tender Offer, no ATHEX Shares were held, directly or indirectly, by the Euronext Group.

The Offeror may purchase ATHEX Shares in the market or over-the-counter until and including the end of the Acceptance Period.

On 30 July 2025, the Offeror and ATHEX entered into a cooperation agreement which details the cooperation between the Offeror and ATHEX in relation to the Tender Offer (the “Cooperation Agreement”). The Cooperation Agreement provides, among others, that ATHEX will not tender the Treasury Shares in the Tender Offer.

Other than the Cooperation Agreement and the aforementioned written statements received by the Offeror from the ATHEX directors, there are no special agreements relating to the Tender Offer or the exercise of rights arising from the ATHEX Shares to which the Offeror is a party.

The purpose of the Tender Offer is for the Offeror to acquire direct control over ATHEX and integrate the ATHEX Group into the Euronext Group. Pursuant to the Tender Offer, the Offeror seeks to become the direct parent company of ATHEX and the ultimate parent company of ATHEX Group with a shareholding structure where ATHEX shareholders will become shareholders of the Offeror.

Consideration and Tender Offer Structure

In consideration for every ATHEX Share lawfully and validly tendered in the Tender Offer, and in accordance with the first clause of paragraph 1 of article 9 of the Law, Euronext offers five hundredths (0.050) of a Consideration Share for 1 ATHEX Share (the “Offer Consideration”). The shares of the Offeror are held in book-entry form through the Central Securities Depository for the Offeror Shares (“Euronext Securities”).

The Offer Consideration meets the criteria of “fair and equitable” consideration under article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Law.
1. The Offer Consideration of the Tender Offer means the amount of 0.050 Consideration Shares for 1 ATHEX Share, to be issued pursuant to the Tender Offer.
2. As provided for in article 9, paragraph 5 (a) of the Law, the following shall be taken into account for the price of the ATHEX share:
a) its VWAP during the six months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, where in this case the VWAP of ATHEX’s share during the six months preceding 30 July 2025, is €5.9770.

b) the Offeror did not acquire ATHEX Shares during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.

C. A valuation is not required for ATHEX based on the provisions of par. 6 of article 9 of the Law, as none of the conditions referred to therein are met, namely:
- no sanctions have been imposed by the Board of Directors of HCMC for manipulation of ATHEX Shares that took place within the 18-month period preceding the Date of the Tender Offer,
- during the six (6) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, (i) Share transactions have been carried out on the Athens Stock Exchange on more than three-fifths (3/5) of the operating days of the relevant market, and specifically, they amounted to 100% of them and (ii) Share transactions that have been carried out exceed ten percent (10%) of the total number of Shares of ATHEX, and specifically, they amounted to 39.1% of them.
- The “fair and equitable” consideration as determined by the criteria of paragraph 4 of Article 9 of the Law, exceeds eighty percent (80%) of the book value per share, based on the data of the average of the last two published financial statements of Law 3556/2007, on a consolidated basis.
D. As provided for in article 9 par. 5 (b) of the Law, for the price of the Offeror’s share provided as consideration, the VWAP of the Offeror’s share during the six months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer is taken into account, where in this case the VWAP of the Offeror’s share during the six months preceding 30 July 2025 is €135.0369.

E. Therefore, 0.050 of the Offeror’s share provided as consideration is equal to €6.7518 per ATHEX Share, taking into account the VWAP of the Offeror Share. Therefore, the Offer Consideration meets the criteria of “fair and equitable” consideration, as described in Article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Law.

This amount on the Date of the Tender Offer exceeds by 13.0% the “fair and equitable” consideration, as defined in Article 9, paragraphs 4 and 5, as on the one hand the VWAP of ATHEX during the six months preceding the Tender Offer is €5.9770, and on the other hand the Offeror did not acquire Shares during the twelve (12) months preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.

This amount on the Date of the Tender Offer represents a 7.51% discount to the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer, which amounted to €7.3000, as both ATHEX and Euronext shares have appreciated over the past six months.

In addition:
- the Offer Consideration calculated on the basis of the price of the Offeror Share on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer represents a 1.7% discount to the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the date preceding the Date of the Tender Offer.
- the Offer Consideration calculated on the basis of the price of the Offeror Share on 27 June 2025, being the date when the Offeror issued a statement confirming its discussions with ATHEX (the “Date of the Initial Statement”) exceeds by 21.3% the closing price of the ATHEX Share on the Athens Stock Exchange on the Date of the Initial Statement.
On 15 May 2025, the general meeting of the Offeror has designated the Managing Board of the Offeror for a period of eighteen (18) months as the competent body to, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Offeror, issue ordinary shares and to grant rights to subscribe for ordinary shares up to a total of 10% of the issued ordinary share capital at the date of the annual general meeting held in 2025, and to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights of shareholders pertaining to (the right to subscribe for) ordinary shares upon any issuance of ordinary shares (the AGM Delegation). Pursuant to the AGM-Delegation, the Managing Board of the Offeror resolved on 29 July 2025 to issue Consideration Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Information Circular. On the same date, the Supervisory Board of the Offeror approved the resolution adopted by the Managing Board in accordance with the AGM-Delegation. The maximum number of Consideration Shares that Euronext will issue in connection with the Tender Offer, the Right of Squeeze-Out and the Right to Sell-Out (being 3,017,400 Consideration Shares) is smaller than the number of Offeror Shares that the Euronext boards are capable of issuing pursuant to such mandate (being 10,423,550 Offeror Shares). Euronext will assume payment of the duties levied in favor of the Hellenic Central Securities Depository S.A. (the “ATHEXCSD”) on the registration of the over-the-counter transfer of the Transferred Shares in accordance with the codified decision 18 (Meeting 311/22.02.2021) of the Board of Directors of ATHEXCSD, which would otherwise be payable by the accepting shareholders of ATHEX. Such duties amount to 0.08% and are calculated in accordance with the provisions of such decision.

Shareholders who offer the ATHEX Shares they hold in the context of the Tender Offer, including those electing to receive the Cash Consideration in the context of the exercise of the Right of Squeeze-out or the Right to Sell-out, will also be responsible for all charges and taxes that are due in connection with the Tender Offer, and the Offeror assumes no responsibility nor liability in the payment of said charges and taxes other than the duties levied in favor of the ATHEXCSD expressly set forth in this Information Circular. Notably, based on the letter of the circular issued by the Greek Independent Authority for Public Revenue with reference number Ε.2048/2024, the transfer of the Transferred Shares to the Offeror in consideration for Consideration Shares can be excluded from the tax provided for in article 9 paragraph 2 of Law 2579/1998 in favor of the Greek State provided all conditions mentioned therein are met, which amounts to 0.10%, and is imposed on sales of shares listed on the Athens Stock Exchange, since such transfer does not constitute a sale under the abovementioned provision. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax implications of the Tender Offer that may concern them in Greece or abroad.

Euronext will publish, through a separate announcement, the commencement of the Acceptance Period and the means to tender.

If after the end of the Acceptance Period, Euronext possesses the Minimum Number of Shares but less than 52.065.000 ATHEX Shares representing 90% of the voting rights of ATHEX, ATHEX shares will continue to be traded in the Athens Stock Exchange.

Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out Procedures, Delisting of ATHEX

If, at the end of the Acceptance Period, Euronext holds at least 52,065,000 ATHEX Shares representing 90% of ATHEX’s total voting rights (the “Relevant Threshold”):

(a)   Euronext will initiate the squeeze-out procedure under the Law to cause any remaining holders of Company Shares to transfer those ATHEX Shares to Euronext, in accordance with the Law (the “Right of Squeeze-Out”); and

(b)   holders of ATHEX Shares who have not accepted the Tender Offer will be entitled, within a period of three (3) months from the publication of the results of the Tender Offer, to exercise the right to sell-out, in accordance with the Law (the “Right to Sell-Out”).

The consideration offered for each Company Share regarding both the Right of Squeeze-Out and the Right to Sell-Out, will be in accordance with the provisions of Articles 27 and 28 of the Law.

If the Relevant Threshold is reached or exceeded at the end of the Acceptance Period, the Offeror expects that the Right of Squeeze-out process will be completed within four to eight weeks after Closing. The Offeror intends to apply for the commencement of unconditional listing and trading on Euronext Amsterdam, Euronext Brussels, Euronext Lisbon and Euronext Paris of any Offeror Shares which may be issued as consideration in connection with the Right of Squeeze-out as soon as practicable following completion of the Right of Squeeze-out process.

If the Relevant Threshold is reached or exceeded at the end of the Acceptance Period, the Right to Sell-out will automatically expire upon completion of the Right of Squeeze-Out. As a result, the Offeror expects that completion of the Right to Squeeze-out process will precede the completion of the Right of Sell-out process. If completion of the Right to Sell-out process does not precede the completion of the Right of Squeeze-out out process, the Offeror intends to apply for the commencement of unconditional listing and trading on Euronext Amsterdam, Euronext Brussels, Euronext Lisbon and Euronext Paris of any Offeror Shares which may be issued as consideration pursuant to the Right to Sell-out as soon as practicable following completion of the Right to Sell-out process.

If, following completion of the Tender Offer or after the exercise of the Right of Squeeze-out or the Right to Sell-out, as the case may be, the Offeror holds 95% of ATHEX’s share capital, the Offeror intends to request the convocation of a General Meeting of the Shareholders to resolve upon the submission of an application to the HCMC requesting the delisting of the ATHEX Shares from the Athens Stock Exchange, in accordance with article 17 paragraph 5 of Law 3371/2005, at which (General Meeting) the Offeror will exercise its voting rights in favor of such resolution.

Plans for ATHEX and Euronext following the Tender Offer

Embed ATHEX within a pan-European trading framework

As part of the combined group, ATHEX will be able to join the Euronext Group’s single liquidity pool, enabled by a single order book and powered by a single technology platform, where members can access all its markets in a seamless manner, with the ambition of deepening investor interest and creating greater liquidity as well as fair and transparent markets. Today, more than €13 billion worth of equities are traded daily on the Offeror’s seven (7) European markets that are part of the single liquidity pool. Thanks to its highly flexible architecture, the Offeror expects to see reduced time to market for new products in the combined group. This integration aims to deepen investor interest, create greater liquidity, and ensure fair and transparent markets.

Strengthen access to financing for Greek corporates

With ATHEX joining the Euronext Group, Greece will become a key hub for listings under a harmonized framework, offering greater scale, visibility, and access to European liquidity. In addition to listing larger Greek companies, the Offeror will bolster its capabilities in financing Greek SMEs. The pan-European pre-IPO educational program “IPOready” will be deployed across Greece. This program has already enabled over 1,200 companies to understand the benefits of listing, resulting in 33 new listings (€1.6 billion raised at listing, €5.7 billion aggregate market cap at listing). The Offeror will also provide a platform for Greek companies to list debt, diversifying their financing sources.

Following the successful completion of the Tender Offer, ATHEX will be incorporated into a trusted framework for European and international investors. The Offeror has a proven track record of delivering substantial benefits to the local ecosystems of acquired market operators.

Reinforce the operating resiliency of the local capital markets

The Offeror’s size and operational DNA enable it to operate within extremely high reliability standards. The Offeror is investing massively in market technology and has built the best-in-class technology operations with cyber-security excellence. The Offeror has been granted the highest security ratings in its recent annual technology audit performed by Bitsight. The Offeror is a technology business first and foremost, with more than 875 technology and operations employees (35% of total employees), mainly located in Milan, Porto and Paris. ATHEX will benefit from an immediate change in scale in terms of technology platforms and operations, notably from a fully integrated cybersecurity and operational framework operation ensuring maximum resilience of the Greek market in a world of increasingly complex technology threats.

Create a unified post-trade infrastructure

The Offeror relies on a single clearing house, clearing all of its European market flows across cash and derivatives products. As part of the combined group, the Offeror intends to expand Euronext Clearing, which centralizes clearing for the whole Euronext Group, and which has benefitted from significant investments over the past few years, to Greek securities. This central European clearing expansion is key to the integration of Greek markets within the Offeror’s framework.

The Offeror relies on a converging technology framework to create the conditions of success for the custody and settlement of financial products across Europe. As part of the combined group, the CSD function of ATHEX will be part of Euronext Securities’ convergence program, aiming at delivering a unified post-trading core settlement service through a single platform for securities settlement (TARGET2-Securities or T2S) by leveraging the CSDs of the Euronext Group.

ATHEX as the cornerstone of the Offeror in Southeast Europe

As the largest exchange group in the highly dynamic Southeastern region of Europe, ATHEX is best placed to lead the Offeror’s expansion across the region. As part of the Euronext Group, ATHEX will be the cornerstone of the Offeror’s expansion in the region, where business opportunities are numerous.

Greek ecosystem to be fully part of the Offeror’s governance and supervision

After and subject to successful completion of the Tender Offer, the composition of the Offeror’s Supervisory Board and the structure of its corporate governance will be amended. Subject to the Offeror’s shareholders and regulatory approvals, an independent director representing the Greek ecosystem will join the Offeror’s Supervisory Board.

In addition, the Chief Executive Officer of the ATHEX will join the Offeror’s Managing Board, subject to the Offeror shareholders’ and regulatory approvals.

In terms of regulatory framework, the Offeror is supervised at group level by a College of Regulators. The College of Regulators is made up of the seven (7) national regulatory authorities supervising the respective Euronext’s national regulated markets. After and subject to Closing occurring, the Offeror will recommend inviting HCMC to join the Offeror’s College of Regulators, pari passu with the national regulatory authorities currently supervising the Offeror, with a rotating chair every semester to exercise supervision at group level of the combined group. The direct regulatory oversight of ATHEX and the Greek market will remain unchanged. This will allow HCMC to continue regulating ATHEX and the Greek market and be part of the supervision of ATHEX at group-level through the Offeror’s College of Regulators.

Reunite complementary skills and expertise

Should the potential combination occur, it could create opportunities for knowledge sharing, career development, and cross-functional collaboration, fostering an environment where talent thrives. Euronext would aim to cultivate an inclusive, collaborative, and entrepreneurial work environment. With a long-standing commitment to diversity and inclusion, Euronext believes that recognizing and valuing diversity benefits both employees and the business’s long-term success. Euronext would ensure that ATHEX employees have opportunities for career development, encouraging them to take on wider responsibilities and roles in the pan-European development of their activities. They would also be encouraged to explore opportunities across various locations to embrace new challenges within Euronext. The diversification of Euronext’s businesses would consistently offer opportunities for high-performing employees, not only in traditional exchange roles but also in new activities developed through the innovation program.

Following the successful completion of the Tender Offer and upon approval of the ATHEX shareholders meeting, the Offeror intends to modify, subject to ATHEX’s shareholders approval by a simple majority, ATHEX’s trademark name. As such, it will operate under the name “Euronext Athens”, fully embedding the Greek financial infrastructure and creating a sense of togetherness.

Tender Offer Conditions

Completion of the Tender Offer is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions and minimum number of shares:

(a)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the direct change of control of ATHEX;

(b)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the indirect change of control of ΑΤΗΕΧClear;

(c)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the indirect change of control of ATHEXCSD;

(d)   the approval of RAEWW and the HCMC in relation to the change of control of ATHEX due to its participation in Hellenic Energy Exchange (“HenEx”) and EnEx Clearing House (“EnExClear”);

(e)   the approval of the HCMC in relation to the acquisition by the Euronext Reference Shareholders² of an indirect qualifying holding between 20% and 50% of ATHEX, ATHEXCSD and ATHEXClear;

(f)   the issuance of a declaration of non-objection from the competent foreign authorities regarding the coordinated regulation and supervision of Euronext being the AMF, AFM, CBI, NFSA, FSMA, CMVM, and CONSOB (together with (a)-(f), the “Conditions”); and

(g)   no later than the end of the Acceptance Period, at least 38,759,500 ATHEX Shares, corresponding to at least 67% of ATHEX’s total paid-up voting share capital, shall have been lawfully and validly tendered to the Offeror (the “Minimum Number of Shares”). This condition may be amended in accordance with the provisions of the Law.

If (i) the Minimum Number of Shares is not fulfilled as at the end of the Acceptance Period and/or (ii) the Conditions are not satisfied, the Tender Offer will ipso jure lapse, with retroactive effect, and have no legal effect, and the ATHEX Shares tendered to the Offeror will be returned to their holders.

The Offeror may revoke the Tender Offer if (i) a competing offer, as provided by the Law, has been submitted, or (ii) subject to the HCMC’s approval, if an unforeseen change in circumstances beyond the control of the Offeror occurs that makes the Tender Offer particularly onerous.

The declarations of acceptance which are submitted cannot be revoked, unless a competing offer, as provided by the Law, has been submitted, in which case the accepting shareholder will be entitled to exercise a revocation right.

Shareholders’ Statements – Undertakings

All members of the Board of Directors of ATHEX owning ATHEX shares including CEO Ioannis Kontopoulos have provided irrevocable undertakings to tender their shares in the Tender Offer subject to the issuance of a reasoned opinion of ATHEX’s Board of Directors in favour of the Tender Offer.

Name Number of shares held

George Ηandjinicolaou 15,000

Ioannis Kontopoulos 95,000

Euronext Advisors

Deutsche Bank AG, a credit institution incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany with its principal office in Frankfurt am Main, registered address Taunusanlage 12, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, acts as advisor of Euronext in respect of the Tender Offer, in accordance with article 12 of the Law (the “Advisor”).

For the purpose of the Tender Offer only, Deutsche Bank AG has certified to the HCMC that Euronext (i) has taken all appropriate measures to be able to issue and deliver the Euronext Shares to the shareholders who will accept the Tender Offer and (ii) has the necessary wherewithal to pay in full the total amount in respect of the 0.16% clearing duties, namely 0.08% payable by Euronext and 0.08% payable by each of ATHEX’s shareholders who lawfully and validly accept the Tender Offer, payable by Euronext to the Hellenic Central Securities Depository S.A., in connection with the registration of the over-the-counter transfer of all the ordinary shares of ATHEX tendered to Euronext by ATHEX’s shareholders. It is clarified that this certificate does not constitute any offer of financing or any other type of commitment and/or assumption of any obligation whatsoever, and that this certificate is not provided as nor does it constitute advice, or recommendation within the meaning of Article 729 of the Greek Civil Code. Deutsche Bank AG, by means of this certificate, does not provide any guarantee (within the meaning of Article 847 of the Greek Civil Code) or letter of guarantee, for the fulfillment of the delivery obligations, monetary or other obligations undertaken by the Offeror in the context of the Tender Offer.

About Euronext

Euronext is a public company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands on 15 March 2014 and is domiciled in the Netherlands. Euronext’s statutory seat (statutaire zetel) is in Amsterdam, the Netherlands, and its registered office and principal place of business is at Beursplein 5, 1012 JW Amsterdam, the Netherlands. The Company is registered with the trade register of the Chamber of Commerce for Amsterdam, the Netherlands, under number 60234520, and the telephone number is +31 (0)20-7214444. Euronext’s LEI is 724500QJ4QSZ3H9QU415 and its corporate website is https://www.euronext.com/en.

Under its Articles of Association, the Offeror’s authorized share capital amounts to €200,000,001.60 and is divided into 125,000,000 Ordinary Shares, each with a nominal value of €1.60 and one priority share with a nominal value of €1.60. The priority share has not been issued. All of Euronext’s shares have been or will be issued under Dutch law.

As of December 31^st, 2024, the Offeror’s issued share capital amounted to €166,776,811.20 and was divided into 104,235,507 ordinary shares, whereas the Offeror held 1,475,395 treasury shares.

On 11 March 2025, the Offeror announced the completion of its €300 million share repurchase programme for which 2,692,979 shares, or approximately 2.58% of Euronext’s share capital, were repurchased.

Following the repurchase programme, and as of the cancellation of the purchased shares under this programme which is expected to occur on 5 August 2025, the Offeror’s issued share capital amounts to €162,468,044.80 and divided into 101,542,528 ordinary shares.

On 22 May 2025, the Offeror launched an offering of bonds due 2032 convertible into new shares and/or exchangeable for existing shares (“OCEANEs”) for a nominal amount of €425 million. Bondholders will be granted the right to convert or exchange the Bonds into new and/or existing Shares (the “Conversion/Exchange Right”) which they may exercise at any time from the 41st day (inclusive) following the Issue Date (30 May 2025) up to the 7th business day (inclusive) preceding the Maturity Date (30 May 2032) or, as the case may be, the relevant early redemption date. For illustrative purposes, considering a nominal amount of €425 million, a reference share price of €145 and a 32.5% conversion premium corresponding to the mid-point of the marketing range, the potential dilution would represent approximately 2.1% of the Company’s outstanding share capital, if the Conversion/Exchange Right was exercised for all the Bonds and the Company decided to deliver new Shares only upon exercise of the Conversion/Exchange Right.

The Offeror is subject to the provisions of the Dutch Civil Code, the Dutch Financial Supervision Act and the Articles of Association with regard to the issue of shares following admission. The shares are in registered form and are only available in the form of an entry in the Offeror’s shareholders’ register and not in certificated form.

The Euronext Group provides exchange listing, trading, post trade and related services in Europe. The Company operates Regulated Markets and Multilateral Trading Facilities (each a “MTF”) in seven European countries (Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway, and Portugal). The Group operates these venues under a regulatory licence, under national legislation implementing MiFID II / MiFIR granted to the local market operator and the relevant National Competent Authority (each a “NCA”) or Ministry when appropriate. Each market operator is subject to the national laws and regulations supervised by the NCAs, central banks and finance ministries as appropriate. As part of their regular supervision, NCAs perform from time-to-time audits, inspections and on-site visits. This may lead to recommendations or other measures as appropriate. The Group also operates central securities depositories (each a “CSD”) in four European countries (Denmark, Italy, Norway and Portugal). Each of the CSDs is a limited liability company subject to national laws and regulations; however, they all operate under the brand “Euronext Securities”. VP Securities A/S (Euronext Securities Copenhagen), Monte Titoli S.p.A. (Euronext Securities Milan), Interbolsa S.A. (Euronext Securities Porto), and Verdipapirsentralen ASA (Euronext Securities Oslo) hold a licence under the CSDR, under limited national implementing provisions, granted by their NCA on 3 January 2018, 18 December 2019, 12 July 2018, and 28 January 2022 respectively.

Euronext, through Euronext Securities Copenhagen, Euronext Securities Milan and Euronext Securities Porto, participates in the ECB’s TARGET2-Securities (T2S) platform. The CSDs migrated respectively in September 2016 (with EUR in 2016 and with Danish Kroner in 2018), August 2015 and March 2016.

Moreover, the Group operates a Central Counterparty in Italy, Cassa di Compensazione e Garanzia S.p.A (“Euronext Clearing“). The company was incorporated on 31 March 1992, holds its registered office in Rome at Via Tomacelli 146, and is registered with the Italian Register of Companies under no. 04289511000. It is authorised by the Bank of Italy as a CCP pursuant to Article 17 of EMIR with effect from 20 May 2014.

Important Notices

General

The Tender Offer described herein is addressed to holders of ATHEX Shares and only to persons to whom it may be lawfully addressed. The Tender Offer will be made in the territory of the Hellenic Republic. The making of the Tender Offer to specific persons who are residents in or nationals or citizens of jurisdictions outside the Hellenic Republic or to custodians, nominees or trustees of such persons (the “Excluded Shareholders”) may be made only in accordance with the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. It is the responsibility of the Excluded Shareholders and each person wishing to accept the Tender Offer to inform themselves of and ensure compliance with the laws of their respective jurisdictions in relation to the Tender Offer. If you have any doubts as to your status, you should consult with your professional advisor in the relevant jurisdiction.

The Tender Offer is not being made, directly or indirectly, by mail or by any means in or into any jurisdiction within which, under its laws, rules and regulations, the submission, the making or the presentation of the Tender Offer or the mailing or distribution of the Information Circular to be approved by the HCMC a declaration of acceptance and any other document or material relevant thereto (together, the “Relevant Documents”) is illegal or contravenes any applicable legislation, rule or regulation (together, the “Excluded Territories”). Accordingly, copies of any such Relevant Documents and materials will not be, and must not be, directly or indirectly, mailed, distributed or otherwise sent to anyone or from anyone in or into or from any Excluded Territory.

No Offeror Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the Tender Offer to the public in the United Kingdom, except that the Offeror Shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time: (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation; (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation); or (c) in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA. Provided that no such offer of the Offeror Shares shall require Euronext or the Advisor to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the Offeror Shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Offeror Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Offeror Shares and the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

The Consideration Shares have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction of the United States and may not be offered, sold or delivered, directly or indirectly, in or into the United States absent registration, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and in compliance with any applicable state and other securities laws of the United States. This release does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any of the Consideration Shares in the United States. Euronext has no intention to register any part of the Tender Offer in the United States or make a public offering of the Consideration Shares in the United States. Any Consideration Shares offered in the United States will be offered only to (i) holders of the Company Shares located outside of the United States and (ii) holders of Company Shares located within the United States that are “Qualified Institutional Buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act). Such holders of Company Shares will be required to make such acknowledgements and representations to, and agreements with, Euronext as Euronext may require establishing that they are entitled to receive Consideration Shares pursuant to an exemption from or in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Accordingly, any holder of Company Shares located within the United States who is not a Qualified Institutional Buyer or who does not make such acknowledgement and representation to establish their entitlement to receive the Consideration Shares is ineligible to participate in the Tender Offer, and any purported acceptance of the Tender Offer by such holder will be ineffective and disregarded.

The Tender Offer is being made in the U.S. in reliance on the expected availability of the Tier II exemption pursuant to Rule 14d-1(d) of, and otherwise in compliance with Section 14E of, and Regulation 14E promulgated under, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Greek law. The Tender Offer is not subject to Section 14(d)(1) of, or Regulation 14D promulgated under, the Exchange Act. The Company is not currently subject to the periodic reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and is not required to, and does not, file any reports with the SEC thereunder.

Pursuant to exemptive relief granted by the SEC from Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, during the period of the Tender Offer, Euronext may purchase, or arrange to purchase, whether directly or through any of its affiliates, any broker or other financial institution acting as its agent or any affiliates of any broker or other financial institution acting as its agent, shares of the Company as permitted by applicable law. The Offeror Shares are issued to the Company’s existing shareholders in Singapore without the intention of being on-sold there, and no documents issued by or on behalf of the Company may be used in any subsequent sale by these shareholders. The Information Circular has not been and will not be lodged with or registered as a prospectus under the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Therefore, the Information Circular does not constitute an offer or invitation for the sale or purchase of the Offeror Shares in Singapore, whether directly or indirectly, and shall not form the basis of any contract for the issue or sale of the Consideration Shares in Singapore.

This announcement is only made available to a limited number of “Professional Investors” within the meaning of the SCA’s Board of Directors Decision No. 13 of 2021 Concerning the Financial Activities Rule Book, as amended. By receiving this announcement, the entity to whom it has been issued understands, acknowledges and agrees that it has not been approved by or filed with the UAE Central Bank, the UAE Securities and Commodities Authority, the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA“), the Financial Services Regulatory Authority of Abu Dhabi (“FSRA“) or any other relevant regulatory or licensing authorities in the UAE, nor has the originator, or any other related party received authorization or licensing from the UAE Central Bank, the UAE Securities and Commodities Authority, the DFSA, the FSRA, or any other authorities in the UAE. This announcement does not constitute a public offer of Offeror Shares in the UAE in accordance with the UAE SCA Chairman of the Board Resolution No. (11/R.M) of 2016 On the Regulations for Issuing and Offering Shares of Public Joint Stock Companies, Federal Decree-No. 32 of 2021 on Commercial Companies, or otherwise.

The Offeror Shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA“) and no application has or will be made to admit the Offeror Shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. The Information Circular and any related offering or marketing materials regarding the Offeror Shares do not constitute a prospectus under the FinSA and must not be publicly distributed or made available in Switzerland.

The Offeror Shares have not been licensed for offering in Kuwait by the Kuwait Capital Markets Authority or any other relevant Kuwaiti government agency. The offering of the Offeror Shares in Kuwait on the basis a private placement or public offering is, therefore, restricted in accordance with Law No. 7 of 2010 and the bylaws thereto (as amended). No private or public offering of the Offeror Shares is being made in Kuwait, and no agreement relating to the sale of the Ordinary Shares will be concluded in Kuwait. No marketing or solicitation or inducement activities are being used to offer or market the Offeror Shares in Kuwait.

The Offeror Shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the Offeror Shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

The Offeror Shares have not been and will not be registered in Japan pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended, the “FIEA“) in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements since the offering constitutes the private placement to qualified institutional investors only as provided for in “i” of Article 2, Paragraph 3, Item 2 of the FIEA. A transferor of the Offeror Shares shall not transfer or resell them except where a transferee is a qualified institutional investor under Article 10 of the Cabinet Office Ordinance concerning Definitions provided in Article 2 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (the Ministry of Finance Ordinance No. 14 of 1993, as amended).

This announcement does not constitute an invitation to the public in the Cayman Islands. Any invitation to participate in the Tender Offer is not being conducted in or from with the Cayman Islands or a place of business in the Cayman Islands.

No person receiving a copy of this announcement or of any Relevant Document in any jurisdiction outside the Hellenic Republic may treat any such document as if it constituted a solicitation or offer to such person and under no circumstances may such person use any Relevant Document if, in the relevant jurisdiction, such solicitation or offer may not be lawfully made to such person or if such Relevant Document may not be lawfully used without breaching any legal requirements. In those instances, any such Relevant Document is sent for information purposes only.

This regulatory announcement does not contain, constitute or form part of any offer or invitation to sell or subscribe or any solicitation of any offer to purchase or subscribe for any securities in any jurisdiction, and neither this regulatory announcement (nor any part of it) nor the fact of its distribution form the basis of, or may be relied upon in connection with, or act as any inducement to enter into, any contract or commitment whatsoever.

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The information contained in this announcement does not purport to be full or complete. The exact dates of the Tender Offer may change.

This announcement contains forward-looking statements which are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties which change over time and relate to, amongst others, the business activities and certain plans and objectives that Euronext has in respect of the ATHEX Group and the Euronext Group. In some cases, the forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “may”, “hope”, “might”, “can”, “could”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “plan”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”, “potential” or “continue” and the negative of these terms accordingly. There are many factors (for instance, without limitation, commercial, operational, economic, political and financial), as a consequence of which the actual results and the actual developments may potentially substantially differ from the plans and the objectives of Euronext and the ATHEX Group set out in this announcement. As such, Euronext and the ATHEX Group evolve in a highly competitive landscape and rapidly changing environment, where new risks and uncertainties not specifically described herein this announcement may emerge from time to time and it is not possible to predict all risks and uncertainties.

Although Euronext believes that, as of the date of this announcement, the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, Euronext cannot assure you that future events will meet these expectations. Moreover, neither Euronext nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. After the date of this announcement, unless Euronext is required by applicable law to update these forward-looking statements, Euronext will not necessarily update any of these forward-looking statements to conform them either to actual results or to changes in expectations.

¹ Based on a total number of shares as at 30 June 2025 of 57,850,000, which exclude the number of treasury shares of 2,498,000
² These are the Reference Shareholders:

Attachment
- 31072025_Euronext – Offer Announcement ATHEX
The MIL Network –
August 5, 2025
MIL-OSI: Illumio Insights GA Delivers Industry’s First Solution to Contain Lateral Movement Across Hybrid, Multi-Cloud
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

SUNNYVALE, Calif., July 31, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Illumio, the breach containment company, today announced the general availability of Illumio Insights, a powerful new product within the Illumio Platform. As the only platform that delivers a complete approach to reducing lateral movement risk, Illumio now combines AI-powered detection, real-time risk insights, and one-click containment with strategic segmentation for proactive protection. Built on an AI security graph, Illumio Insights transforms how security teams detect, prioritize, and contain threats across hybrid and multi-cloud environments.

During the private preview, early adopters uncovered a range of unexpected risks only made visible with Illumio Insights’ deep observability and behavior-based analytics. Among the most notable findings were widespread east-west traffic from unsanctioned geographies, misconfigured services exposing risky ports, and a surprising prevalence of unsanctioned usage of public LLMs.

Building on these learnings, Illumio has introduced several additional powerful capabilities as part of the general availability release. New capabilities include:
- Country Insights gives users a clear view of traffic and threats by geography, helping them quickly spot unusual activity and apply geo-specific policies to reduce risk.
- Quarantine Dashboard enables one-click isolation of compromised systems, empowering teams to stop threats from spreading without needing advanced technical skills.
- Resource View makes it even easier to investigate resources and enables teams to act fast to limit exposure.
“Enterprises often struggle to maintain an accurate inventory of all devices, applications, and data flows across increasingly complex networks — especially with the rise of cloud services and hybrid environments,” said Dr. Chase Cunningham, DrZeroTrust. “Security graphs address this challenge by automatically ingesting data from diverse sources such as asset databases, cloud APIs, and network scans to build a dynamic, real-time map of infrastructure and dependencies. This living model not only enhances visibility but also strengthens security posture by revealing hidden risks and attack paths.”

With these advancements, Illumio Insights delivers on its promise to help security teams detect, prioritize, and contain threats more effectively. It empowers teams to act on what they see with one-click containment, accelerating Zero Trust Segmentation at cloud scale. As part of Illumio’s breach containment platform, Insights helps organizations stop the spread of attacks before they escalate into full-blown disasters.

“Illumio Insights makes a strong impression right out of the gate; it helps security teams manage complexity and emerging AI technologies to focus on what matters,” said Chris Konrad, Vice President Global Cyber, World Wide Technology. “Our clients gain actionable insights that build trust and drive better decisions because we are able to identify risks, swiftly.”

“The biggest gap in cybersecurity today isn’t tools, it’s visibility. And that’s exactly what Illumio Insights delivers,” says Andrew Rubin, CEO and Founder of Illumio. “Illumio Insights changes the game. It gives security teams the visibility they’ve been missing, like what’s talking to what, where the risk is, and how to contain it fast. This isn’t about more alerts, it’s about actionable intelligence that helps organizations stay ahead of real threats.”

Illumio Insights and Illumio Segmentation are integral components of the Illumio Platform, the first cybersecurity platform focused on breach containment. Illumio Insights helps organizations quickly identify and detect threats, while Illumio Segmentation contains breaches, protects critical assets, and enables instant response. Together, these solutions help identify and mitigate risks, contain attacks, and enhance overall cyber resilience.

Visit Illumio at booth #5445 at Black Hat USA 2025 in Las Vegas, August 6–7, to see a live demo of Illumio Insights and learn more about Illumio’s breach containment offerings.

Organizations can also sign up for a free trial or visit Illumio Insights to learn more. For ongoing updates and peer collaboration, cybersecurity professionals are invited to join the Illumiverse, Illumio’s community hub for exclusive insights and frontline threat intelligence.

About Illumio  

Illumio is the leader in ransomware and breach containment, redefining how organizations contain cyberattacks and enable operational resilience. Powered by an AI security graph, our breach containment platform identifies and contains threats across hybrid multi-cloud environments – stopping the spread of attacks before they become disasters.

Recognized as a Leader in the Forrester Wave™ for Microsegmentation, Illumio enables Zero Trust, strengthening cyber resilience for the infrastructure, systems, and organizations that keep the world running.

Contact: comms-team@illumio.com

The enthusiasm around Illumio Insights continues to grow. In addition to the perspectives shared earlier, here are more reactions from industry leaders and partners:

Delisa Stone, Partner, Cyber Security, Cloud and Resilience at Deloitte Technology and Transformation:

“Illumio Insights offers unparalleled visibility and granular segmentation capabilities that empower organizations to strengthen their cyber resilience. We recommend Illumio Insights to our clients seeking to enhance their security posture with a scalable, adaptive solution that aligns with evolving regulatory and operational demands.”

Stuart McCulloch, Cyber Security Product Manager from BT Global Services UK:

“So happy for Insights! Illumio is an amazing platform, and the data on traffic flows provides critical information to understand your environment. However, you had to know what to look for, which could be time-consuming. Insights is the capability which now cuts to the chase. It directs you to key data, allowing you to make faster decisions on actions you need to take to better protect your environment.”

Rico Petrillo, Lead Service Fulfillment and Technology at Swisscom CDN & Edge Security:

“Illumio Insights is a powerful addition that helps us quickly understand a customer’s environment and kickstart meaningful conversations around Zero Trust. It makes it easier to demonstrate value early in a project and supports smoother, more effective segmentation over time. This means better outcomes for our clients—from day one through ongoing operations.”

Yann Bruneau, Chief Solutions Officer at Squad Cybersolutions:

“As an Illumio integration partner, we’re excited about the game-changing potential of Illumio Insights and its AI-powered security graph that fundamentally transforms how our clients understand and respond to threats across hybrid environments. What impresses us most is how Insights cuts through the noise of complex cloud environments to identify real risks at scale, making it simple for our customers to prioritize what truly matters and act decisively.”

Soumak Roy, Vice President – Cybersecurity at SDG Corporation:

“Illumio Insights brings a new level of clarity to cloud security. By revealing east-west traffic patterns and lateral movement risks at cloud scale—without agents—it equips organizations to proactively secure dynamic, distributed environments and accelerate Zero Trust initiatives with confidence.”

The MIL Network –
August 5, 2025

MIL-OSI: Societe Generale: Second quarter and first half 2025 results

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

RESULTS AT 30 JUNE 2025

Press release
Paris, 31 July 2025, 6:25 a.m.

GROUP NET INCOME OF EUR 3.1BN IN H1 25, UP +71% VS. H1 24

UPGRADE OF 2025 TARGETS

FIRST ADDITIONAL SHARE BUY-BACK OF EUR 1BN

NEW INTERIM CASH DIVIDEND OF EUR 0.61¹ PER SHARE

Group revenues at EUR 13.9 billion in H1 25, up +8.6% excluding asset disposals vs. H1 24, exceeding 2025 annual target > +3%
Costs down -2.6% in H1 25 vs. H1 24, excluding asset disposals, ahead of our 2025 annual target of a decrease higher than -1%
Cost / income ratio at 64.4% in H1 25, below the initial annual target of <66% for 2025
Solid asset quality with a low cost of risk at 24bps in H1 25, below the 2025 annual target of 25 to 30 basis points
Group net income of EUR 3.1 billion in H1 25, up +71% vs. H1 24, ROTE at 10.3%, above the initial annual target of >8% for 2025
As in H1 25, strong performance in Q2 25, C/I ratio at 63.8% (vs. 68.4% in Q2 24), Group net income of EUR 1.5bn (+31% vs. Q2 24) and ROTE at 9.7%
Upgrade of the 2025 financial targets driven by better than guided revenues and costs:
- Cost / income ratio now expected below 65% in 2025
- ROTE target for 2025 increased to ~9% in 2025
First distribution of excess capital in the form of an additional share buy-back of EUR 1 billion (~-25 basis points of the CET1 ratio), to be launched as soon as 4 August 2025
CET1 ratio at 13.5% at the end of Q2 25 after additional share buy-back of EUR 1bn, around 330 basis points above the regulatory requirement
The Board of Directors approved an amendment to the distribution policy, introducing an interim cash dividend payable in the fourth quarter of each year from 2025 onwards. For the first half of 2025, an interim dividend of EUR 0.61¹ per share will be paid on 9 October 2025

Slawomir Krupa, Group Chief Executive Officer, commented:

“We are once again reporting strong results this quarter with a solid commercial and financial performance in all our businesses. Revenue growth, cost reduction, cost income ratio and profitability improvement: we are ahead of all our annual targets for the first half of the year, and we have revised them upwards for the full year 2025. With a high capital ratio, well above our target, we decided to provide an additional distribution to shareholders in the form of a share buy-back and to introduce an interim dividend for the first half of 2025. I would like to thank all our teams for their commitment to our clients and to our Bank. We remain fully focused on the precise and methodical execution of our 2026 roadmap to continue delivering sustainable and profitable growth for all our stakeholders.”

GROUP CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Change		H1 25	H1 24	Change
Net banking income	6,791	6,685	+1.6%	+7.8%*	13,874	13,330	+4.1%	+8.8%*
Operating expenses	(4,331)	(4,570)	-5.2%	-0.1%*	(8,935)	(9,550)	-6.4%	-2.6%*
Gross operating income	2,460	2,115	+16.4%	+25.3%*	4,939	3,780	+30.7%	+37.8%*
Net cost of risk	(355)	(387)	-8.2%	+0.7%*	(699)	(787)	-11.1%	-4.9%*
Operating income	2,105	1,728	+21.8%	+30.6%*	4,240	2,993	+41.7%	+48.8%*
Net profits or losses from other assets	75	(8)	n/s	n/s	277	(88)	n/s	n/s
Income tax	(477)	(379)	+25.8%	+37.7%*	(967)	(653)	+48.1%	+58.3%*
Net income	1,702	1,348	+26.3%	+34.6%*	3,557	2,265	+57.1%	+64.4%*
o/w non-controlling interests	249	235	+5.8%	+11.5%*	496	472	+5.0%	+11.3%*
Group net income	1,453	1,113	+30.6%	+39.6%*	3,061	1,793	+70.8%	+78.1%*
ROE	8.6%	6.5%			9.1%	5.1%	+0.0%	+0.0%*
ROTE	9.7%	7.4%			10.3%	5.8%	+0.0%	+0.0%*
Cost to income	63.8%	68.4%			64.4%	71.6%	+0.0%	+0.0%*

Asterisks* in the document refer to data at constant scope and exchange rates

Societe Generale’s Board of Directors, at a meeting chaired by Lorenzo Bini Smaghi on 30 July 2025, reviewed the Societe Generale Group’s results for the second quarter and first half of 2025.

Net banking income

Net banking income stood at EUR 6.8 billion, up +1.6% vs. Q2 24 and +7.1% excluding asset disposals.

Revenues of French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance were up +6.5% vs. Q2 24 (+10.7% excluding asset disposals). They stood at EUR 2.3 billion in Q2 25. Net interest income grew strongly in Q2 25 by +14.8% vs. Q2 24, and by +2.4% when restating the disposals and the impact of short-term hedges recognised in Q2 24 (around EUR -150 million). Assets under management in Private Banking (excluding disposals of the Swiss and UK operations) and life insurance outstandings increased by +6% and +5% in Q2 25 vs. Q2 24 respectively. Lastly, BoursoBank continued its strong commercial development with ~424,000 new clients during the quarter, and has reached 8 million clients in July 2025, ahead of its initial 2026 guidance given at the Capital Markets Day in September 2023.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions maintained a high level of revenues of EUR 2.6 billion in Q2 25, up +0.7% vs. Q2 24 owing to the continued sustained activity in Fixed Income and Currencies and in Financing and Advisory. Global Markets posted a revenue base up +0.8% in Q2 25, compared with a level that was already very high in Q2 24. The Equities business maintained a very high level of revenues, although this fell slightly by -2.9% in Q2 25, compared with an elevated level in Q2 24, mainly due to the positive commercial momentum in derivatives. Fixed Income and Currencies grew by 7.3%, driven by buoyant activity in flow and financing products. Securities Services posted a slight decrease in revenues of -3.1% due to the impact of the fall in interest rates. Global Banking & Advisory benefited from the strong performance of the acquisition finance, fund financing and project finance businesses, as well as from the solid momentum in loan origination and distribution. Lastly, despite robust commercial activity with corporate and institutional clients, Global Transaction & Payment Services recorded a fall in revenues of -4.7% compared with Q2 24, also due to the contraction of interest rates.

In Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services, revenues were down -5.6% vs. Q2 24 mainly due to a scope effect of around EUR -260 million in Q2 25. Excluding the impact of asset disposals, they were up +7.3%. International Retail Banking recorded a -12.1% fall in revenues vs. Q2 24 to
EUR 0.9 billion, due to a scope effect related to the disposals completed in Africa (mainly Morocco and Madagascar). They rose +2.7% at constant perimeter and exchange rates. Revenues from Mobility and Financial Services were up +0.4% vs. Q2 24 and up +11.7% excluding the disposal of SGEF. Ayvens’ revenues grew by +10.6% vs. Q2 24, with notably improved margins. Consumer Finance posted a revenue increase of +12.6%, notably driven by higher net interest income.

The Corporate Centre recorded revenues of EUR -160 million in Q2 25.

In the first half of the year, the Group’s net banking income increased by +4.1% vs. H1 24 and +8.6% excluding asset disposals.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses came to EUR 4,331 million in Q2 25, down -5.2% vs. Q2 24 and -0.6% excluding asset disposals.

The slight decrease in operating expenses in Q2 25 excluding asset disposals largely results from the accounting of an exceptional charge of approximately EUR 100 million² related to the launch of a Global Employee Share Ownership Programme in June 2025. Restated from this non-recurring item, operating expenses were down -2.8% vs. Q2 24, confirming the strong cost control at Group level. In Q2 25, transformation charges fell by EUR -93 million vs. Q2 24.

The cost-to-income ratio stood at 63.8% in Q2 25, down from Q2 24 (68.4%) and below the initial guidance of <66% for 2025.

In the first half of the year, operating expenses fell significantly by -2.6% vs. H1 24 (excluding asset disposals). The cost-to-income ratio stood at 64.4% (vs. 71.6% in H1 24), also ahead of the initial 2025 guidance of <66%.

Revenues and costs in H1 25 being ahead of the initial targets in H1 25, the C/I ratio target is now at <65% in 2025.

Cost of risk

The cost of risk remained low during the quarter at 25 basis points, or EUR 355 million and is still at the lower end of the target set for 2025 of between 25 and 30 basis points. This comprises a
EUR 390 million provision for doubtful loans (around 27 basis points) and a reversal of a provision for performing loans for EUR 35 million.

At end-June, the Group had a stock of provisions for performing loans of EUR 3,011 million, down by -3.8% from 31 March 2025, mainly driven by asset disposals and FX impact.

The gross non-performing loan ratio amounted to 2.77%³^,⁴ at 30 June 2025, down compared with its level at end-March 2025 (2.82%). The net coverage ratio on the Group’s non-performing loans stood at 81%⁵ at 30 June 2025 (after netting of guarantees and collateral).

Net profits from other assets

The Group recorded a net profit of EUR 75 million in Q2 25, mainly related to the accounting impacts resulting from the sale of Societe Generale Burkina Faso, completed in June 2025.

Group net income

Group net income stood at EUR 1,453 million for the quarter, equating to a Return on Tangible Equity (ROTE) of 9.7%.

In the first half of the year, Group net income stood at EUR 3,061 million, equating to a Return on Tangible Equity (ROTE) of 10.3%, higher than the target set for 2025 of >8%.

Considering the performance in the first half of 2025, the Group is now targeting a ROTE of around 9% in 2025.

Shareholder distribution

The Board of Directors approved an amendment to the distribution policy, introducing an interim cash dividend payable in the fourth quarter of each year from 2025 onwards. Based on the financial statements for the first half of 2025, the Board of Directors has decided the payment of an interim dividend of EUR 0.61 per share. The ex-dividend date will be on 7 October 2025 and the payment on 9 October 2025.

In addition, as part of the first application of a possible option of the Group’s new distribution policy announced on 6 February 2025⁶, a distribution of excess capital will be made in the form of an additional EUR 1 billion share buy-back. Authorisations, including the one from the ECB, have been obtained⁷ to launch this programme, which will start on 4 August 2025.

ESG: PREPARING FOR THE FUTURE

The Group announced the composition of its Scientific Advisory Council this quarter. The role of this body is to provide the General Management with ESG insights, taking a science-based approach to the key emerging trends that will influence the economic environment and the Group’s activities in the future. Composed of eight expert members with complementary skills, the Council will provide holistic views in order to identify long-term opportunities and challenges (for more details, see Societe Generale unveils the composition of its Scientific Advisory Council – Societe Generale).

At the same time, Societe Generale is continuing to develop its actions for the energy transition, as well as innovative financing solutions to support its customers:

During the United Nations Ocean Conference (UNOC), Societe Generale recalled its efforts to protect marine ecosystems and its key role in the transition to a more sustainable maritime economy. It acted as the exclusive advisor to Eurazeo for the “Maritime Upgrade” debt fund (Eurazeo and Societe Generale to join forces to support the sustainable transition of the maritime sector – Wholesale Banking).
Through its subsidiary REED, Societe Generale has invested in Voltekko Tech, a platform specialising in energy-efficient data centres. A total of nine investments, mainly in the energy sector, have been made since the acquisition of REED.

Lastly, Societe Generale received the Euromoney award for “The World’s Best Bank for ESG”, together with an excellent rating from Sustainalytics, at 15.4 – an improvement on the rating assigned by the agency in its last review, which positions it among the world’s best banks (top 12%).

THE GROUP’S FINANCIAL STRUCTURE

At 30 June 2025, the Group’s Common Equity Tier 1 ratio stood at 13.5%, or around 330 basis points above the regulatory requirement. Likewise, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) was also well above regulatory requirements at 148% at end-June 2025 (149% on average for the quarter), while the Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) stood at 117% at end-June 2025.

All liquidity and solvency ratios are well above the regulatory requirements.

	30/06/2025	31/12/2024	Requirements
CET1⁽¹⁾	13.5%	13.3%	10.22%
Tier 1 ratio⁽¹⁾	15.8%	16.1%	12.14%
Total Capital⁽¹⁾	18.4%	18.9%	14.71%
Leverage ratio⁽¹⁾	4.4%	4.3%	3.60%
TLAC (% RWA)⁽¹⁾	29.9%	29.7%	22.33%
TLAC (% leverage)⁽¹⁾	8.3%	8.0%	6.75%
MREL (% RWA)⁽¹⁾	33.4%	34.2%	27.44%
MREL (% leverage)⁽¹⁾	9.2%	9.2%	6.13%
End of period LCR	148%	162%	>100%
Period average LCR	149%	150%	>100%
NSFR	117%	117%	>100%

In EURbn	30/06/2025	31/12/2024
Total consolidated balance sheet	1,551	1,574
Shareholders’ equity (IFRS), Group share	68	70
Risk-weighted assets	388	390
O.w. credit risk	314	327
Total funded balance sheet	923	952
Customer loans	456	463
Customer deposits	594	614

⁸

As of 30 June 2025, the parent company has issued EUR 13.5 billion of medium / long-term debt under its 2025 financing programme, including EUR 4.5 billion of pre-financing raised at end-2024. The subsidiaries had issued EUR 1.8 billion. In total, the Group has issued a total of EUR 15.3 billion in medium / long-term debt since the start of the year.

As of 30 June 2025, the parent company’s 2025 financing programme is around 80% complete for vanilla issuance.

The Group is rated by four rating agencies: (i) Fitch Ratings – Issuer default rating “A-”, stable outlook, senior preferred debt rating “A”, short-term rating “F1”; (ii) Moody’s – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A1”, stable outlook, short-term rating “P-1”; (iii) R&I – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A”, stable outlook; and (iv) S&P Global Ratings – long-term rating (senior preferred debt) “A”, stable outlook, short-term rating “A-1”.

FRENCH RETAIL, PRIVATE BANKING AND INSURANCE

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Change	H1 25	H1 24	Change
Net banking income	2,269	2,131	+6.5%	4,568	4,146	+10.2%
Of which net interest income	1,036	902	+14.8%	2,097	1,729	+21.3%
Of which fees	1,013	1,027	-1.4%	2,069	2,045	+1.1%
Operating expenses	(1,477)	(1,649)	-10.4%	(3,043)	(3,377)	-9.9%
Gross operating income	791	482	+64.3%	1,525	770	+98.2%
Net cost of risk	(146)	(173)	-15.4%	(317)	(420)	-24.5%
Operating income	645	309	x 2.1	1,208	350	x 3.5
Net profits or losses from other assets	20	8	x 2.6	27	8	x 3.3
Group net income	488	240	x 2.0	909	271	x 3.4
RONE	11.2%	5.7%		10.4%	3.3%
Cost to income	65.1%	77.4%		66.6%	81.4%

Commercial activity

SG Network, Private Banking and Insurance

The SG Network’s average outstanding deposits amounted to EUR 227 billion in Q2 25, down -3% compared with Q2 24, and -1% vs. Q1 25.

The SG Network’s average loan outstandings contracted by -2% on Q2 24 to EUR 194 billion and were stable excluding repayments of state-guaranteed loans (PGE). Mortgage loan production saw a sharp increase of +175% vs. Q2 24.

The average loan to deposit ratio came to 85.5% in Q2 25, down -1 percentage point relative to Q2 24.

Private Banking saw its assets under management⁹ grow by +6% vs. Q2 24 to EUR 132 billion in Q2 25. Net asset inflows totalled EUR 2.3 billion in Q2 25, with asset gathering pace (annualised net new money divided by AuM) standing at +6% in H1 25. Net banking income amounted to EUR 308 million for the quarter and EUR 669 million for the first half of the year.

Insurance, which covers activities in and outside France, posted a strong commercial performance. Life insurance outstandings increased by +5% vs. Q2 24 to reach EUR 150 billion in Q2 25. The share of unit-linked products remained high at 40%. Gross life insurance savings inflows amounted to EUR 4.8 billion in Q2 25.

BoursoBank

BoursoBank reached 7.9 million clients in Q2 25, the threshold of 8 million clients being reached in July 2025. In Q2 25, the bank recorded a +22% increase in the number of clients vs. Q2 24, bringing growth in the number of clients to +1.4 million year on year. Onboarding remained high during the quarter (~424,000 new clients in Q2 25), while the attrition is very low, at less than 4%.

BoursoBank once again confirmed its position as the French market leader, as shown by the award received from Euromoney for best digital bank in France¹⁰.

Average outstanding savings, including deposits and financial savings, totalled EUR 69.8 billion, the average outstanding deposits increasing sharply by +16% vs. Q2 24. Average life insurance outstandings increased by +7% vs. Q2 24 (the share of unit-linked products was 48%) and gross inflows being up +12% vs. Q2 24. The brokerage activity recorded a strong increase in the number of market orders of +33% vs. Q2 24.

Average loan outstandings rose +10% compared with Q2 24 to EUR 16.7 billion in Q2 25.

Net banking income

Revenues for the quarter amounted to EUR 2,269 million (including PEL/CEL provision) up +6.5% compared with Q2 24 and +10.7% excluding asset disposals. Net interest income grew by +14.8%
vs. Q2 24 and +2.4% excluding asset disposals and the impact of short-term hedges in Q2 24. Fees were down -1.4% compared with Q2 24 and up +1.4% excluding asset disposals.

First-half revenues came to EUR 4,568 million (including PEL/CEL provision), up +10.2% on H1 24 and +13.6% excluding asset disposals. Net interest income grew by +21.3% vs. H1 24. It is up +0.6% excluding asset disposals and the impact of short-term hedges in H1 24. Fee income rose +1.1% vs. H1 24 and +3.7% excluding asset disposals.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses came to EUR 1,477 million for the quarter, down -10.4% vs. Q2 24 and -5.7% excluding asset disposals. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 65.1% in Q2 25, an improvement of 12.3 percentage points vs. Q2 24.

During the first half of the year, operating expenses amounted to EUR 3,043 million, down -9.9% compared with H1 24 and -6.2% excluding asset disposals. The cost-to-income ratio stood at 66.6%, an improvement of 14.8 percentage points vs. H1 24.

Cost of risk

The cost of risk amounted to EUR 146 million, or 25 basis points, for the quarter, which was lower than in Q2 24 and Q1 25 (29 basis points in both cases).

In the first half of the year, the cost of risk totalled EUR 317 million, or 27 basis points.

Group net income

Group net income totalled EUR 488 million for the quarter. RONE stood at 11.2% in Q2 25.

In the first half of the year, Group net income totalled EUR 909 million. RONE stood at 10.4% in H1 25.

GLOBAL BANKING AND INVESTOR SOLUTIONS

In EUR m	Q2 25	Q2 24	Variation		H1 25	H1 24	Change
Net banking income	2,647	2,628	+0.7%	+2.4%*	5,542	5,259	+5.4%	+5.5%*
Operating expenses	(1,630)	(1,647)	-1.0%	+0.2%*	(3,385)	(3,404)	-0.5%	-0.4%*
Gross operating income	1,017	981	+3.6%	+6.1%*	2,157	1,856	+16.2%	+16.4%*
Net cost of risk	(81)	(21)	x 3.8	x 3.8*	(136)	(1)	x 91.4	x 91.4*
Operating income	936	960	-2.5%	-0.1%*	2,021	1,854	+9.0%	+9.2%*
Reported Group net income	750	776	-3.4%	-1.1%*	1,606	1,473	+9.0%	+9.2%*
RONE	16.8%	19.0%	+0.0%	+0.0%*	17.7%	18.2%	+0.0%	+0.0%*
Cost to income	61.6%	62.7%	+0.0%	+0.0%*	61.1%	64.7%	+0.0%	+0.0%*

Net banking income

Global Banking and Investor Solutions reported solid results for the quarter, with revenues of
EUR 2,647 million, remaining consistently high, slightly up +0.7% compared with Q2 24.

In the first half of the year, revenues grew by +5.4% vs. H1 24 (EUR 5,542 million vs. EUR 5,259 million).

Global Markets and Investor Services maintained a high level of revenues of EUR 1,753 million, stable (+0.4%) over the quarter compared with Q2 24. In the first half of the year, they amounted to EUR 3,674 million, up +5.2% vs. H1 24.

Market Activities were slightly up during the quarter (+0.8%), with revenues of EUR 1,577 million. In the first half of the year, they rose +5.9% in comparison with H1 24 to EUR 3,336 million.

The Equities business was resilient during the quarter, at -2.9% compared with a high level in Q2 24. Revenues stood at EUR 962 million for the quarter, driven by the positive commercial momentum in derivatives. In the first half of the year, they rose +8.7% in comparison with H1 24 to EUR 2,023 million.

Fixed Income and Currencies rose sharply during the quarter, with revenues up +7.3% vs. Q2 24 to
EUR 615 million, driven by a strong performance in flow and financing products. Commercial momentum remained strong during the quarter, despite an uncertain macroeconomic environment. In the first half of the year, revenues were up +1.9% from H1 24 to EUR 1,313 million.

In Securities Services, revenues fell -3.1% compared with Q2 24 to EUR 176 million, due to the fall in interest rates. Excluding equity participations, revenues are down -2.4%. In the first half of the year, revenues were down -1.0% and -1.3% excluding equity participations. Assets under Custody and Assets under Administration amounted to EUR 5,222 billion and EUR 638 billion, respectively.

Revenues for the Financing and Advisory business totalled EUR 895 million for the quarter, slightly up +1.3% compared with Q2 24. In the first half of the year, they were up +5.7% in comparison with H1 24 to EUR 1,868 million.

Global Banking & Advisory posted significant revenues for the quarter, up +3.6% compared with Q2 24, driven in particular by buoyant activity in acquisition finance, fund financing and project finance. In the first half of the year, revenues were up +7.1% versus H1 24.

Global Transaction & Payment Services delivered good commercial performance during the quarter, particularly with corporate and institutional clients. However, revenues fell by -4.7% during the quarter due to the impact of lower interest rates. In the first half of the year, revenues were up +1.6% vs. H1 24.

Operating expenses

Operating expenses came to EUR 1,630 million for the quarter, down -1.0% vs. Q2 24. The cost-to-income ratio was 61.6% in Q2 25.

During the first half of the year, operating expenses contracted by -0.5% compared with H1 24, while the cost-to-income ratio reached 61.1%, vs. 64.7% in H1 24.

Cost of risk

During the quarter, the cost of risk was EUR 81 million, or 19 basis points vs. 5 basis points in Q2 24.

During the first half of the year, the cost of risk was EUR 136 million, or 16 basis points vs. 0 basis points in H1 24.

Group net income

Group net income fell -3.4% vs. Q2 24 to EUR 750 million. In the first half of the year, it rose +9.0% to
EUR 1,606 million.

Global Banking and Investor Solutions reported RONE of 16.8% for the quarter and RONE of 17.7% for the first half of the year.

MOBILITY, INTERNATIONAL RETAIL BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Change		H1 25	H1 24	Change
Net banking income	2,036	2,157	-5.6%	+7.2%*	4,036	4,318	-6.5%	+4.1%*
Operating expenses	(1,059)	(1,261)	-16.0%	-4.2%*	(2,240)	(2,611)	-14.2%	-4.5%*
Gross operating income	977	896	+8.9%	+22.9%*	1,796	1,707	+5.3%	+17.4%*
Net cost of risk	(126)	(189)	-33.1%	-18.4%*	(250)	(370)	-32.4%	-21.2%*
Operating income	850	708	+20.1%	+32.9%*	1,546	1,336	+15.7%	+27.5%*
Net profits or losses from other assets	0	(0)	n/s	n/s	0	4	-92.7%	-92.7%*
Non-controlling interests	246	211	+16.5%	+23.5%*	458	406	+12.6%	+20.6%*
Group net income	404	321	+25.7%	+41.3%*	722	599	+20.5%	+33.7%*
RONE	15.3%	11.4%			13.2%	10.7%
Cost to income	52.0%	58.4%			55.5%	60.5%

⁾()

Commercial activity

International Retail Banking

International Retail Banking posted strong commercial momentum in Q2 25, mainly driven by loan outstandings, up +4.3%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 61 billion. Deposit outstandings stabilised* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 75 billion.

Europe continued to post strong growth in loan outstandings of 7.0%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 46 billion in Q2 25. Deposits were stable* this quarter at EUR 56 billion in Q2 25.

In Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories, loan outstandings were down -3.1%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 15 billion. Deposit outstandings increased +1.9%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 19 billion in Q2 25, mainly driven by sight deposits from retail and corporate clients.

Mobility and Financial Services

Overall, Mobility and Financial Services recorded a broadly stable commercial performance.

Ayvens maintained earning assets of around EUR 53 billion at end-June 2025, broadly stable compared to end-June 2024.

Consumer Finance posted loans outstanding of EUR 23 billion, still down -2.8% vs. Q2 24.

Net banking income

In Q2 25, Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services delivered a good performance, with EUR 2,036 million in Q2 25, up 7.2%* vs. Q2 24.

In the first half of the year, revenues grew by +4.1%* vs. H1 24 to EUR 4,036 million.

International Retail Banking revenues increased +2.7%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 920 million in Q2 25. They rose +2.3%* in the first half vs. H1 24 to EUR 1,833 million in H1 25.

In Europe, revenues amounted to EUR 528 million in Q2 25, strongly up +6.1%* vs. Q2 24. The increase was due to the high level of net interest income in both countries (+7.3%* vs. Q2 24).

Overall, revenues in Africa, Mediterranean Basin and French Overseas Territories were slightly down -1.5%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 392 million in Q2 25, compared with a high Q2 24 level. The net interest income was up +2.8%* vs. Q2 24.

Mobility and Financial Services posted strong revenue growth in both businesses, at +11.1%* overall vs. Q2 24, to EUR 1,116 million in Q2 25. In the first half of the year, the increase was +5.7%* vs. H1 24 to EUR 2,203 million.

The significant improvement in Ayvens’ revenues of +10.6% vs. Q2 24 (EUR 868 million in Q2 25) is due, as expected, to the reduced impact of depreciation adjustments and non-recurring items¹¹ (-3% revenues vs. Q2 24, adjusted from those two items). Margins increased to 550 basis points in Q2 25 vs. 539 basis points in Q2 24, excluding non-recurring items. The depreciations were down vs. Q2 24 and the average results on sales of used vehicles per unit on the secondary market continued to normalise very gradually (EUR 1,234¹² in Q2 25 vs. EUR 1,480² in Q2 24). At company level, Ayvens had a cost-to-income ratio of 57.6%¹³ in Q2 25, in line with the 2025 guidance (57%-59% for the year).

Revenues from the Consumer Finance business increased by +12.6% vs. Q2 24, to EUR 247 million in Q2 25. This significant growth reflects both an improvement in the margin on new production and the positive impact of an asset revaluation.

Operating expenses

Over the quarter, operating expenses for the quarter decreased by -4.2%* vs. Q2 24 to EUR 1,059 million in Q2 25 (including EUR 29 million in transformation charges). The cost-to-income ratio improved in Q2 25 to 52.0% vs. 58.4% in Q2 24. In the first half of the year, costs of EUR 2,240 million were down -4.5%* vs. H1 24, while the cost-to-income ratio stood at 55.5% vs. 60.5% in H1 24.

International Retail Banking recorded a -5.2%* decrease in costs vs. Q2 24 at EUR 482 million, in a still inflationary local environment.

Mobility and Financial Services costs reached EUR 577 million in Q2 25, down -3.3%* vs. Q2 24. Ayvens benefitted from the initial cost synergies related to the integration of Leaseplan.

Cost of risk

Over the quarter, the cost of risk amounted to EUR 126 million or 35 basis points this quarter, which was considerably lower than in Q2 24 (45 basis points).

In the first half of the year, the cost of risk stood at 33 basis points vs. 44 basis points in H1 24.

Group net income

Group net income came to EUR 404 million for the quarter, up +41.3%* vs. Q2 24. RONE improved to 15.3% in Q2 25 vs. 11.4% in Q2 24. RONE was 18.4% in International Retail Banking and 13.1% in Mobility and Financial Services in Q2 25.

In the first half of the year, Group net income came to EUR 722 million, up +33.7%* vs. H1 24. RONE improved to 13.2% in H1 25 vs. 10.7% in H1 24. RONE was 16.3% in International Retail Banking and 11.1% in Mobility and Financial Services in H1 25.

CORPORATE CENTRE

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Change		H1 25	H1 24	Change
Net banking income	(160)	(231)	+30.8%	+30.8%*	(273)	(394)	+30.8%	+30.8%*
Operating expenses	(164)	(13)	x 12.3	x 4.3*	(267)	(158)	+68.3%	+45.3%*
Gross operating income	(324)	(245)	-32.5%	-20.2%*	(539)	(552)	+2.4%	+6.6%*
Net cost of risk	(2)	(4)	-55.7%	-55.7%*	4	5	+16.7%	+16.7%*
Net profits or losses from other assets	57	(15)	n/s	n/s	250	(99)	n/s	n/s
Income tax	83	67	-23.0%	-12.2%*	143	157	+8.7%	+12.3%*
Group net income	(188)	(225)	+16.1%	+22.5%*	(176)	(551)	+68.0%	+69.1%*

The Corporate Centre includes:

the property management of the Group’s head office,
the Group’s equity portfolio,
the Treasury function for the Group,
certain costs related to cross-functional projects, as well as various costs incurred by the Group that are not re-invoiced to the businesses.

Net banking income

The Corporate Centre’s net banking income totalled EUR -160 million for the quarter, vs. EUR -231 million in Q2 24.

In the first half of the year, the Corporate Centre’s net banking income totalled EUR -273 million, vs. EUR -394 million in H1 24.

Operating expenses

During the quarter, operating expenses totalled EUR -164 million, vs. EUR -13 million in Q2 24. They include around EUR 100 million in expenses related to the Global Employee Share Ownership Programme launched in June 2025.

In the first half of the year, operating expenses totalled EUR -267 million, vs. EUR -158 million in H1 24.

Net profits from other assets

The Corporate Centre recognised EUR 57 million in net profits from other assets during the quarter, mainly related to the completion of the disposal of Societe Generale Burkina Faso in June 2025.

Group net income

The Corporate Centre’s Group net income totalled EUR -188 million for the quarter, vs. EUR -225 million in Q2 24.

The Corporate Centre’s Group net income totalled EUR -176 million in the first half, vs. EUR -551 million in H1 24.

8. 2025 FINANCIAL CALENDAR

2025 and 2026 Financial communication calendar

7 October 2025 Ex-dividend date
9 October 2025 Payment of the interim dividend
30 October 2025 Third quarter and nine months 2025 results
6 February 2026 Fourth quarter and full year 2025 results
30 April 2026 First quarter 2026 results

The Alternative Performance Measures, notably the notions of net banking income for the pillars, operating expenses, cost of risk in basis points, ROE, ROTE, RONE, net assets and tangible net assets are presented in the methodology notes, as are the principles for the presentation of prudential ratios.

This document contains forward-looking statements relating to the targets and strategies of the Societe Generale Group.

These forward-looking statements are based on a series of assumptions, both general and specific, in particular the application of accounting principles and methods in accordance with IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) as adopted in the European Union, as well as the application of existing prudential regulations.

These forward-looking statements have also been developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions in the context of a given competitive and regulatory environment. The Group may be unable to:

– anticipate all the risks, uncertainties or other factors likely to affect its business and to appraise their potential consequences;

– evaluate the extent to which the occurrence of a risk or a combination of risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those provided in this document and the related presentation.

Therefore, although Societe Generale believes that these statements are based on reasonable assumptions, these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including matters not yet known to it or its management or not currently considered material, and there can be no assurance that anticipated events will occur or that the objectives set out will actually be achieved. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, overall trends in general economic activity and in Societe Generale’s markets in particular, regulatory and prudential changes, and the success of Societe Generale’s strategic, operating and financial initiatives.

More detailed information on the potential risks that could affect Societe Generale’s financial results can be found in the section “Risk Factors” in our Universal Registration Document filed with the French Autorité des Marchés Financiers (which is available on https://investors.societegenerale.com/en).

Investors are advised to take into account factors of uncertainty and risk likely to impact the operations of the Group when considering the information contained in such forward-looking statements. Other than as required by applicable law, Societe Generale does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information or statements. Unless otherwise specified, the sources for the business rankings and market positions are internal.

9. APPENDIX 1: FINANCIAL DATA

GROUP NET INCOME BY CORE BUSINESS

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Variation	H1 25	H1 24	Variation
French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance	488	240	x 2.0	909	271	x 3.4
Global Banking and Investor Solutions	750	776	-3.4%	1,606	1,473	+9.0%
Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services	404	321	+25.7%	722	599	+20.5%
Core Businesses	1,642	1,322	+24.2%	3,238	2,313	+40.0%
Corporate Centre	(188)	(225)	+16.1%	(176)	(551)	+68.0%
Group	1,453	1,113	+30.6%	3,061	1,793	+70.8%

MAIN EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	H1 25	H1 24
Operating expenses – Total one-off items and transformation charges	(131)	(127)	(205)	(479)
Transformation charges	(30)	(124)	(104)	(476)
Of which French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance	(10)	(45)	(33)	(127)
Of which Global Banking & Investor Solutions	9	(29)	(3)	(183)
Of which Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services	(29)	(50)	(68)	(119)
Of which Corporate Centre	0	0	0	(47)
One-off items	(101)	(3)	(101)	(3)
Global Employee Share Ownership Programme	(101)	(3)	(101)	(3)

Other one-off items – Total	75	(8)	277	(88)
Net profits or losses from other assets	75	(8)	277	(88)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

In EUR m	30/06/2025	31/12/2024
Cash, due from central banks	148,782	201,680
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss	566,690	526,048
Hedging derivatives	7,769	9,233
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income	103,297	96,024
Securities at amortised cost	49,240	32,655
Due from banks at amortised cost	81,711	84,051
Customer loans at amortised cost	446,154	454,622
Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk	(330)	(292)
Insurance and reinsurance contracts assets	494	615
Tax assets	4,198	4,687
Other assets	73,477	70,903
Non-current assets held for sale	4,018	26,426
Investments accounted for using the equity method	442	398
Tangible and intangible fixed assets	60,465	61,409
Goodwill	5,084	5,086
Total	1,551,491	1,573,545

In EUR m	30/06/2025	31/12/2024
Due to central banks	10,957	11,364
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss	406,704	396,614
Hedging derivatives	13,628	15,750
Debt securities issued	156,922	162,200
Due to banks	100,588	99,744
Customer deposits	518,397	531,675
Revaluation differences on portfolios hedged against interest rate risk	(6,129)	(5,277)
Tax liabilities	2,261	2,237
Other liabilities	94,155	90,786
Non-current liabilities held for sale	3,526	17,079
Insurance and reinsurance contracts liabilities	156,370	150,691
Provisions	3,916	4,085
Subordinated debts	12,735	17,009
Total liabilities	1,474,030	1,493,957
Shareholder’s equity	–	–
Shareholders’ equity, Group share	–	–
Issued common stocks and capital reserves	20,657	21,281
Other equity instruments	8,762	9,873
Retained earnings	36,741	33,863
Net income	3,061	4,200
Sub-total	69,221	69,217
Unrealised or deferred capital gains and losses	(928)	1,039
Sub-total equity, Group share	68,293	70,256
Non-controlling interests	9,168	9,332
Total equity	77,461	79,588
Total	1,551,491	1,573,545

APPENDIX 2: METHODOLOGY

1 –The financial information presented for the second quarter and first half 2025 was examined by the Board of Directors on July 30^th, 2025 and has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date. The limited review procedures on the condensed interim statement at 30 June 2025 carried by the Statutory Auditors are currently underway.

2 – Net banking income

The pillars’ net banking income is defined on page 38 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. The terms “Revenues” or “Net Banking Income” are used interchangeably. They provide a normalised measure of each pillar’s net banking income taking into account the normative capital mobilised for its activity.

3 – Operating expenses

Operating expenses correspond to the “Operating Expenses” as presented in note 5 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements as at December 31^st, 2024. The term “costs” is also used to refer to Operating Expenses. The Cost/Income Ratio is defined on page 38 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document.

4 – Cost of risk in basis points, coverage ratio for doubtful outstandings

The cost of risk is defined on pages 39 and 748 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. This indicator makes it possible to assess the level of risk of each of the pillars as a percentage of balance sheet loan commitments, including operating leases.

In EURm		Q2-25	Q2-24	S1-25	S1-24
French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance	Net Cost Of Risk	146	173	317	420
	Gross loan Outstandings	230,025	236,044	231,781	237,219
	Cost of Risk in bp	25	29	27	35
Global Banking and Investor Solutions	Net Cost Of Risk	81	21	136	1
	Gross loan Outstandings	171,860	164,829	172,321	163,643
	Cost of Risk in bp	19	5	16	0
Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services	Net Cost Of Risk	126	189	250	370
	Gross loan Outstandings	144,329	166,967	151,727	167,429
	Cost of Risk in bp	35	45	33	44
Corporate Centre	Net Cost Of Risk	2	4	(4)	(5)
	Gross loan Outstandings	26,404	24,583	25,998	23,974
	Cost of Risk in bp	3	6	(3)	(5)
Societe Generale Group	Net Cost Of Risk	355	387	699	787
	Gross loan Outstandings	572,618	592,422	581,827	592,265
	Cost of Risk in bp	25	26	24	27

The gross coverage ratio for doubtful outstandings is calculated as the ratio of provisions recognised in respect of the credit risk to gross outstandings identified as in default within the meaning of the regulations, without taking account of any guarantees provided. This coverage ratio measures the maximum residual risk associated with outstandings in default (“doubtful”).

5 – ROE, ROTE, RONE

The notions of ROE (Return on Equity) and ROTE (Return on Tangible Equity), as well as their calculation methodology, are specified on pages 39 and 40 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. This measure makes it possible to assess Societe Generale’s return on equity and return on tangible equity.
RONE (Return on Normative Equity) determines the return on average normative equity allocated to the Group’s businesses, according to the principles presented on page 40 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. Since Q1 25 results, with restated historical data, normative return to businesses is based on a 13% capital allocation. The Q1 25 allocated capital includes the regulatory impacts related to Basel IV, applicable since 1 January 2025.
Group net income used for the ratio numerator is the accounting Group net income adjusted for “Interest paid and payable to holders of deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation”. For ROTE, income is also restated for goodwill impairment.
Details of the corrections made to the accounting equity in order to calculate ROE and ROTE for the period are given in the table below:

ROTE calculation: calculation methodology

End of period (in EURm)	Q2-25	Q2-24	H1 25	H1 24
Shareholders’ equity Group share	68,293	66,829	68,293	66,829
Deeply subordinated and undated subordinated notes	(8,386)	(9,747)	(8,386)	(9,747)
Interest payable to holders of deeply & undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation⁽¹⁾	23	(19)	23	(19)
OCI excluding conversion reserves	512	705	512	705
Distribution provision⁽²⁾	(2,375)	(718)	(2,375)	(718)
ROE equity end-of-period	58,067	57,050	58,067	57,050
Average ROE equity	58,579	56,797	58,743	56,660
Average Goodwill⁽³⁾	(4,174)	(4,073)	(4,182)	(4,040)
Average Intangible Assets	(2,787)	(2,937)	(2,811)	(2,947)
Average ROTE equity	51,618	49,787	51,749	49,673

Group net Income	1,453	1,113	3,061	1,793
Interest paid and payable to holders of deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation	(200)	(190)	(387)	(356)
Adjusted Group net Income	1,253	923	2,674	1,437
ROTE	9.7%	7.4%	10.3%	5.8%

¹⁴¹⁵¹⁶
RONE calculation: Average capital allocated to Core Businesses (in EURm)

In EURm	Q2 25	Q2 24	Change	H1 25	H1 24	Change
French Retail , Private Banking and Insurance	17,412	16,690	+4.3%	17,549	16,605	+5.7%
Global Banking and Investor Solutions	17,894	16,313	+9.7%	18,109	16,162	+12.0%
Mobility, International Retail Banking & Financial Services	10,535	11,247	-6.3%	10,955	11,250	-2.6%
Core Businesses	45,841	41,180	+11.3%	46,613	40,955	+13.8%
Corporate Center	12,738	12,544	+1.5%	12,130	12,644	-4.1%
Group	58,579	56,797	+3.1%	58,743	56,660	+3.7%

6 – Net assets and tangible net assets

Net assets and tangible net assets are defined in the methodology, page 41 of the Group’s 2025 Universal Registration Document. The items used to calculate them are presented below:
¹⁷¹⁸

End of period (in EURm)	H1 25	Q1 25	2024
Shareholders’ equity Group share	68,293	70,556	70,256
Deeply subordinated and undated subordinated notes	(8,386)	(10,153)	(10,526)
Interest of deeply & undated subordinated notes, issue premium amortisation⁽¹⁾	23	(60)	(25)
Book value of own shares in trading portfolio	(46)	(44)	8
Net Asset Value	59,884	60,299	59,713
Goodwill⁽²⁾	(4,173)	(4,175)	(4,207)
Intangible Assets	(2,776)	(2,798)	(2,871)
Net Tangible Asset Value	52,935	53,326	52,635

Number of shares used to calculate NAPS⁽³⁾	776,296	783,671	796,498
Net Asset Value per Share	77.1	76.9	75.0
Net Tangible Asset Value per Share	68.2	68.0	66.1

7 – Calculation of Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The EPS published by Societe Generale is calculated according to the rules defined by the IAS 33 standard (see pages 40-41 of Societe Generale’s 2025 Universal Registration Document). The corrections made to Group net income in order to calculate EPS correspond to the restatements carried out for the calculation of ROE and ROTE.
The calculation of Earnings Per Share is described in the following table:

Average number of shares (thousands)	H1 25	Q1 25	2024
Existing shares	800,317	800,317	801,915
Deductions
Shares allocated to cover stock option plans and free shares awarded to staff	2,175	2,586	4,402
Other own shares and treasury shares	12,653	7,646	2,344
Number of shares used to calculate EPS⁽⁴⁾	785,488	790,085	795,169
Group net Income (in EURm)	3,061	1,608	4,200
Interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes (in EURm)	(387)	(188)	(720)
Adjusted Group net income (in EURm)	2,674	1,420	3,481
EPS (in EUR)	3.40	1.80	4.38

¹⁹
8 – Solvency and leverage ratios

Shareholder’s equity, risk-weighted assets and leverage exposure are calculated in accordance with applicable CRR3/CRD6 rules, transposing the final Basel III text, also called Basel IV, including the procedures provided by the regulation for the calculation of phased-in and fully loaded ratios. The solvency ratios and leverage ratio are presented on a pro-forma basis for the current year’s accrued results, net of dividends, unless otherwise stated.
²⁰

9- Funded balance sheet, loan to deposit ratio

The funded balance sheet is based on the Group financial statements. It is obtained in two steps:

A first step aiming at reclassifying the items of the financial statements into aggregates allowing for a more economic reading of the balance sheet. Main reclassifications:

Insurance: grouping of the accounting items related to insurance within a single aggregate in both assets and liabilities.
Customer loans: include outstanding loans with customers (net of provisions and write-downs, including net lease financing outstanding and transactions at fair value through profit and loss); excludes financial assets reclassified under loans and receivables in accordance with the conditions stipulated by IFRS 9 (these positions have been reclassified in their original lines).
Wholesale funding: includes interbank liabilities and debt securities issued. Financing transactions have been allocated to medium/long-term resources and short-term resources based on the maturity of outstanding, more or less than one year.
Reclassification under customer deposits of the share of issues placed by French Retail Banking networks (recorded in medium/long-term financing), and certain transactions carried out with counterparties equivalent to customer deposits (previously included in short term financing).
Deduction from customer deposits and reintegration into short-term financing of certain transactions equivalent to market resources.

A second step aiming at excluding the contribution of insurance subsidiaries, and netting derivatives, repurchase agreements, securities borrowing/lending, accruals and “due to central banks”.

The Group loan / deposit ratio is determined as the division of the customer loans by customer deposits as presented in the funded balance sheet.

NB (1) The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding rules.
(2) All the information on the results for the period (notably: press release, downloadable data, presentation slides and supplement) is available on Societe Generale’s website www.societegenerale.com in the “Investor” section.

Societe Generale

Societe Generale is a top tier European Bank with around 119,000 employees serving more than 26 million clients in 62 countries across the world. We have been supporting the development of our economies for 160 years, providing our corporate, institutional, and individual clients with a wide array of value-added advisory and financial solutions. Our long-lasting and trusted relationships with the clients, our cutting-edge expertise, our unique innovation, our ESG capabilities and leading franchises are part of our DNA and serve our most essential objective – to deliver sustainable value creation for all our stakeholders.

The Group runs three complementary sets of businesses, embedding ESG offerings for all its clients:

French Retail, Private Banking and Insurance, with leading retail bank SG and insurance franchise, premium private banking services, and the leading digital bank BoursoBank.
Global Banking and Investor Solutions, a top tier wholesale bank offering tailored-made solutions with distinctive global leadership in equity derivatives, structured finance and ESG.
Mobility, International Retail Banking and Financial Services, comprising well-established universal banks (in Czech Republic, Romania and several African countries), Ayvens (the new ALD I LeasePlan brand), a global player in sustainable mobility, as well as specialized financing activities.

Committed to building together with its clients a better and sustainable future, Societe Generale aims to be a leading partner in the environmental transition and sustainability overall. The Group is included in the principal socially responsible investment indices: DJSI (Europe), FTSE4Good (Global and Europe), Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index, Refinitiv Diversity and Inclusion Index, Euronext Vigeo (Europe and Eurozone), STOXX Global ESG Leaders indexes, and the MSCI Low Carbon Leaders Index (World and Europe).

In case of doubt regarding the authenticity of this press release, please go to the end of the Group News page on societegenerale.com website where official Press Releases sent by Societe Generale can be certified using blockchain technology. A link will allow you to check the document’s legitimacy directly on the web page.

For more information, you can follow us on Twitter/X @societegenerale or visit our website societegenerale.com.

1 Out of a total contemplated distribution accrual of EUR 1.77 per share at end H1 25 based on a pay-out ratio of 50% of the H1 25 Group net income restated from non-cash items (including GESOP) and after deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and undated subordinated notes, pro forma including H1 25 results and including interim cash dividend; the distribution policy being based on a balanced mix of the payout between cash dividend and share buy-back
2 A non-cash item with no impact on the CET1 ratio, and therefore no impact on distributable net income
3 Ratio calculated according to EBA methodology published on 16 July 2019
4 Ratio excluding loans outstanding of companies currently being disposed of in compliance with IFRS 5
5 Ratio of S3 provisions, guarantees and collaterals over gross outstanding non-performing loans
6 6 February 2025 – Q4 2024 Financial Results – Presentation – Page 6
7 Cf. Description of the share buy-back program of 17 May 2024 relating to the 22^nd resolution of the Combined general meeting of shareholders of 22 May 2024, for which the authorisation for the company to purchase its own shares is valid until 22 November 2025
8 Including Basel IV phasing
9 Excluding asset diposals (Switzerland and the United Kingdom)
10 France Best Digital Bank, Awards for Excellence, Euromoney July 2025
11 Mainly hyperinflation in Turkey
12 Excluding impacts of depreciation adjustments
13 As disclosed in Ayvens Q2 25 earnings report, excluding revenues from used vehicle sales and non-recurring items
14   Interest net of tax
15    The dividend to be paid is calculated based on a pay-out ratio of 50%, restated from non-cash items and after deduction of interest on deeply subordinated notes and on undated subordinated notes, and including the additional share buy-back of EUR 1bn for Q1 25 and H1 25
16    Excluding goodwill arising from non-controlling interests
17    Interest net of tax
18 Excluding goodwill arising from non-controlling interests
19 The number of shares considered is the number of ordinary shares outstanding at end of period, excluding treasury shares and buy-backs, but including the trading shares held by the Group (expressed in thousands of shares)
20 The number of shares considered is the average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding treasury shares and buy-backs, but including the trading shares held by the Group (expressed in thousands of shares)

Attachment

Societe-Generale-Q2-2025-Financial-Results-Press-release-en

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: Credit Agricole Sa: Results for the second quarter and first half 2025 – The Group is accelerating its development

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

THE GROUP IS ACCELERATING ITS DEVELOPMENT

	CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A.		CRÉDIT AGRICOLE GROUP
€m	Q2 2025	Change Q2/Q2	Q2 2025	Change Q2/Q2
Revenues	7,006	+3.1%	9,808	+3.2%
Expenses	-3,700	+2.2%	-5,872	+3.2%
Gross Operating Income	3,306	+4.1%	3,936	+3.1%
Cost of risk	-441	+4.2%	-840	-3.7%
Net income group share	2,390	+30.7%	2,638	+30.1%
C/I ratio	52.8%	-0.5 pp	59.9%	+0.0 pp
STRONG ACTIVITY IN ALL BUSINESS LINES Confirmation of the upturn of loan production in France, international credit activity still strong and consumer finance at a higher level Record net inflows in life insurance, high net inflows in asset management (driven by the medium/long-term and JVs); in insurance, revenues at a higher level driven by all activities CIB: record half year and strong quarter CONTINUOUS FLOW OF STRATEGIC OPERATIONS Gradual achievement of synergies in the ongoing integrations: progress of around 60% for RBC IS Europe and 25% for Degroof Petercam in Belgium Transactions concluded this quarter: launch of partnership with Victory Capital in the United States, increased stake in Banco BPM in Italy, acquisition of Merca Leasing in Germany and Petit-fils and Comwatt in France and acquisition of Santander’s 30.5% stake in CACEIS¹ New projects initiated: Acquisitions of Banque Thaler in Switzerland, Comwatt and Milleis in France, partnership with the Crelan Group in Belgium and development of Indosuez Wealth Management in Monaco HALF-YEARLY AND QUARTERLY RESULTS AT THEIR HIGHEST High profitability (Return on Tangible Equity of 16.6%), driven by high and growing revenues, a low cost/income ratio (53.9% in the first half) and a stable cost of risk (34 basis points on outstandings) Results especially benefiting from the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US HIGH SOLVENCY RATIOS Crédit Agricole S.A.’s phased-in CET1 at 11.9% and CA Group phased-in CET1 at 17.6% CONTINUOUS SUPPORT FOR TRANSITIONS, WITH AN AWARD FROM EUROMONEY Continued withdrawal from fossil energies and reallocation to low-carbon energy sources Support for the transition of households and corporates Crédit Agricole named World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance at the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2025 PRESENTATION OF THE MEDIUM-TERM PLAN ON 18 NOVEMBER 2025

Dominique Lefebvre,
Chairman of SAS Rue La Boétie and Chairman of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Board of Directors

“The high-level results we are publishing this quarter serve our usefulness to the economy and European sovereignty.” ‍

Olivier Gavalda,
Chief Executive Officer of Crédit Agricole S.A.

“With this high level of results, we are confident in Crédit Agricole S.A.’s ability to achieve a net profit in 2025 higher than 2024, excluding the corporate tax surcharge. These results constitute a solid foundation for Crédit Agricole S.A.’s medium-term strategic plan, which will be unveiled on November 18, 2025.”

This press release comments on the results of Crédit Agricole S.A. and those of Crédit Agricole Group, which comprises the Crédit Agricole S.A. entities and the Crédit Agricole Regional Banks, which own 63.5% of Crédit Agricole S.A.

All financial data are now presented stated for Crédit Agricole Group, Crédit Agricole S.A. and the business lines results, both for the income statement and for the profitability ratios.

Crédit Agricole Group

Group activity

The Group’s commercial activity during the quarter continued at a steady pace across all business lines, with a good level of customer capture. In the second quarter of 2025, the Group recorded +493,000 new customers in retail banking. More specifically, over the year, the Group gained 391,000 new customers for Retail Banking in France and 102,000 new International Retail Banking customers (Italy and Poland). At 30 June 2025, in retail banking, on-balance sheet deposits totalled €838 billion, up +0.6% year-on-year in France and Italy (+0.7% for Regional Banks and LCL and +0.3% in Italy). Outstanding loans totalled €885 billion, up +1.4% year-on-year in France and Italy (+1.4% for Regional Banks and LCL and +1.6% in Italy). Housing loan production continued its upturn in France compared to the low point observed at the start of 2024, with an increase of +28% for Regional Banks and +24% for LCL compared to the second quarter of 2024. For CA Italia, loan production was down -8.1% compared to the high second quarter of 2024. The property and casualty insurance equipment rate ⁽²⁾ rose to 44.2% for the Regional Banks (+0.7 percentage points compared to the second quarter of 2024), 28.4% for LCL (+0.6 percentage point) and 20.6% for CA Italia (+0.9 percentage point).

In Asset Management, quarterly inflows were very high at +€20 billion, fuelled by medium/long-term assets (+€11 billion) and JVs (+€10 billion). In insurance, savings/retirement gross inflows rose to a record €9.9 billion over the quarter (+22% year-on-year), with the unit-linked rate in production staying at a high 32%. Net inflows were at a record level at +€4.2 billion, spread evenly between euro-denominated funds and unit-linked contracts. The strong performance in property and casualty insurance was driven by price changes and portfolio growth (16.9 million contracts at end-June 2025, +3% year-on-year). Assets under management stood at €2,905 billion, up +5.2% year on year for the three business segments: in asset management at €2,267 billion (+5.2% year on year) despite a negative scope effect linked to the deconsolidation of Amundi US and the integration of Victory, in life insurance at €359 billion (+6.4% year on year) and in wealth management (Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) at €279 billion (+3.7% year on year).

Business in the SFS division showed strong activity. At CAPFM, consumer finance outstandings increased to €121.0 billion, up +4.5% compared with end-June 2024, with car loans representing 53% ⁽³⁾ of total outstandings, and new loan production up by +2.4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 (+12.4% compared to the first quarter of 2025), driven by traditional consumer finance, but with the automotive market remaining complex in Europe and China. Regarding Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F), lease financing outstandings are up +5.0% compared to June 2024 to €20.8 billion; however, production is down -19.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, mainly in France. Factoring activity remains very strong, with a production of +26.6% year on year.

Momentum is strong in Large Customers, which again posted record revenues for the half-year in Corporate and Investment Banking and a high-level quarter. Capital markets and investment banking showed a high level of revenues driven by capital markets, especially from trading and primary credit activities, which partially offset the drop in revenues from structured equity activities. Financing activities are fuelled by structured financing with strong momentum in the renewable energy sector, and by CLF activities, driven by the acquisition financing sector. Lastly, Asset Servicing recorded a high level of assets under custody of €5,526 billion and assets under administration of €3,468 billion (+11% and +1.2%, respectively, compared with the end of June 2024), with good sales momentum and positive market effects over the quarter.

Continued support for the energy transition

The Group is continuing the mass roll-out of financing and investment to promote the transition. Thus, the exposure of Crédit Agricole Group ⁽⁴⁾ has increased 2.4 fold between 2020 and 2024 with €26.3 billion at 31 December 2024. Investments in low-carbon energy ⁽⁵⁾ increased 2.8 fold between end-2020 and June 2025, and represented €6.1 billion at 30 June 2025.

At the same time, as a universal bank, Crédit Agricole is supporting the transition of all its customers. Thus, outstandings related to the environmental transition ⁽⁶⁾ amounted to €111 billion at 31 March 2025, including €83 billion for energy-efficient property and €6 billion for “clean” transport and mobility.

In addition, the Group is continuing to move away from carbon energy financing; the Group’s phased withdrawal from financing fossil fuel extraction resulted in a -40% decrease in exposure in the period 2020 to 2024, equating to €5.6 billion at 31 December 2024.

In the field of sustainable finance, Crédit Agricole was named World’s Best Bank for Sustainable Finance at the Euromoney Awards for Excellence 2025.

Group results

In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s net income Group share came to €2,638 million, up +30.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and up +14.8% excluding capital gains related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US.

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €9,808 million, up +3.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Operating expenses were up +3.2% in the second quarter of 2025, totalling -€5,872 million. Overall, Credit Agricole Group saw its cost/income ratio reach 59.9% in the second quarter of 2025, stable compared to the second quarter of 2024. As a result, the gross operating income stood at €3,936 million, up +3.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

The cost of credit risk stood at -€840 million, a decrease of -3.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. It includes a reversal of +€24 million on performing loans (stage 1 and 2) linked to reversals for model updates which offset the updating of macroeconomic scenarios and the migration to default of some loans. The cost of proven risk shows an addition to provisions of -€845 million (stage 3). There was also an addition of -€18 million for other risks. The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the second quarter were updated, with a central scenario (French GDP at +0.8% in 2025, +1.4% in 2026) an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +0.0% in 2025 and +0.6% in 2026) and an adverse scenario (French GDP at -1.9% in 2025 and -1.4% in 2026). The cost of risk/outstandings ⁽⁷⁾reached 27 basis points over a four rolling quarter period and 28 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis ⁽⁸⁾.

Pre-tax income stood at €3,604 million, a year-on-year increase of +19.6% compared to second quarter 2024. This includes the contribution from equity-accounted entities of €56 million (down -24.0%) and net income on other assets, which came to +€452 million this quarter, due to a capital gain of €453 million on the deconsolidation of Amundi US. The tax charge was -€615 million, down +€147 million, or -19.3% over the period.

Net income before non-controlling interests was up +32.8% to reach €2,990 million. Non-controlling interests increased by +57%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

Net income Group share in first half 2025 amounted to €4,803 million, compared with €4,412 million in first half 2024, an increase of +8.9%.

Revenues totalled €19,856 million, up +4.3% in first half 2025 compared with first half 2024.

Operating expenses amounted to -€11,864 million up +5.2% compared to the first half of 2024, especially due to support for business development, IT expenditure and the integration of scope effects. The cost/income ratio for the first half of 2025 was 59.8%, up +0.5 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024.

Gross operating income totalled €7,992 million, up +3.0% compared to the first half of 2024.

Cost of risk for the half-year rose moderately to -€1,575 million (of which -€23 million in cost of risk on performing loans (stage 1 and 2), -€1,522 million in cost of proven risk, and +€29 million in other risks, i.e. an increase of +3.4% compared to first half 2024.

As at 30 June 2025, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole Group’s assets and risk coverage level. The prudent management of these loan loss reserves has enabled the Crédit Agricole Group to have an overall coverage ratio for doubtful loans (83.3% at the end of June 2025).

Net income on other assets stood at €456 million in first half 2025, vs. -€14 million in first half 2024. Pre-tax income before discontinued operations and non-controlling interests rose by +10.1% to €7,004 million. The tax charge stood at -€1,66 million, a +9.1% increase. This change is related to the exceptional corporate income tax for -€250 million (corresponding to an estimation of -€330 million in 2025, assuming the 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result).

Underlying net income before non-controlling interests was therefore up by +10.4%. Non-controlling interests stood at -€545 million in the first half of 2024, up +26.1%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

Credit Agricole Group, Income statement Q2 and H1 2025

En m€	Q2-25	Q2-24	∆ Q2/Q2	H1-25	H1-24	∆ H1/H1
Revenues	9,808	9,507	+3.2%	19,856	19,031	+4.3%
Operating expenses	(5,872)	(5,687)	+3.2%	(11,864)	(11,276)	+5.2%
Gross operating income	3,936	3,819	+3.1%	7,992	7,755	+3.0%
Cost of risk	(840)	(872)	(3.7%)	(1,575)	(1,523)	+3.4%
Equity-accounted entities	56	74	(24.0%)	131	142	(7.9%)
Net income on other assets	452	(7)	n.m.	456	(14)	n.m.
Change in value of goodwill	–	–	n.m.	–	–	n.m.
Income before tax	3,604	3,014	+19.6%	7,004	6,361	+10.1%
Tax	(615)	(762)	(19.3%)	(1,656)	(1,517)	+9.1%
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	0	–	n.m.	0	–	n.m.
Net income	2,990	2,252	+32.8%	5,348	4,843	+10.4%
Non controlling interests	(352)	(224)	+57.0%	(545)	(432)	+26.1%
Net income Group Share	2,638	2,028	+30.1%	4,803	4,412	+8.9%
Cost/Income ratio (%)	59.9%	59.8%	+0.0 pp	59.8%	59.2%	+0.5 pp

Regional banks

Gross customer capture stands at +285,000 new customers. The percentage of customers using their current accounts as their main account is increasing and the share of customers using digital tools remains at a high level. Credit market share (total credits) stood at 22.6% (at the end of March 2025, source: Banque de France), stable compared to March 2024. Loan production is up +18.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024, linked to the confirmed upturn in housing loans, up +28.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024 and +10% compared to the first quarter of 2025, and also driven by specialised markets up +13.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The average lending production rate for home loans stood at 3.02% ⁽⁹⁾, -16 basis points lower than in the first quarter of 2025. By contrast, the global loan stock rate improved compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7 basis points). Outstanding loans totalled €652 billion at the end of June 2025, up by +1.2% year-on-year across all markets and up slightly by +0.5% over the quarter. Customer assets were up +2.8% year-on-year to reach €923.3 billion at the end of June 2025. This growth was driven both by on-balance sheet deposits, which reached €606.1 billion (+0.8% year-on-year), and off-balance sheet deposits, which reached €317.2 billion (+7.1% year-on-year) benefiting from strong inflows in life insurance. Over the quarter, demand deposits drove customer assets with an increase of +2.0% compared to the first quarter of 2025, while term deposits decreased by -0.4%. The market share of on-balance sheet deposits is up compared to last year and stands at 20.2% (Source Banque de France, data at the end of March 2025, i.e. +0.1 percentage points compared to March 2024). The equipment rate for property and casualty insurance ⁽¹⁰⁾ was 44.2% at the end of June 2025 and is continuing to rise (up +0.7 percentage points compared to the end of June 2024). In terms of payment instruments, the number of cards rose by +1.5% year-on-year, as did the percentage of premium cards in the stock, which increased by 2.2 percentage points year-on-year to account for 17.8% of total cards.

In the second quarter of 2025, the Regional Banks’ consolidated revenues including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend stood at €5,528 million, up +4.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024, including the reversal of Home Purchase Saving Plans provisions in the second quarter of 2025 for €16.3 million and in the second quarter of 2024 for +€22 million ⁽¹¹⁾. Excluding this item, revenues were up +4.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024, fuelled by the increase in fee and commission income (+1.9%), driven by insurance, account management and payment instruments, and by portfolio revenues (+9.2%) benefiting from the increase in dividends traditionally paid in the second quarter of each year. In addition, the intermediation margin was slightly down over one year (-2.5%) but remained stable compared to the first quarter of 2025. Operating expenses were up +5.1%, especially relating to IT expenditure. Gross operating income was up year-on-year (+3.4%). The cost of risk was down -13.3% compared with the second quarter of 2024 to -€397 million. The cost of risk/outstandings (over four rolling quarters) was stable compared to the first quarter of 2025, at a controlled level of 21 basis points. Thus, the net pre-tax income was up +7.3% and stood at €2,482 million. The consolidated net income of the Regional Banks stood at €2,375 million, up +5.0% compared with the second quarter of 2024. Lastly, the Regional Banks’ contribution to net income Group share was €182 million in the second quarter of 2025, down -12.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

In the first half 2025, revenues including the dividend from SAS Rue La Boétie were up (+3.1%) compared to the first half of 2024. Operating expenses rose by +3.4%, and gross operating income consequently grew by +2.6% over the first half. Finally, with a cost of risk up slightly by +1.4%, the Regional banks’ net income Group share, including the SAS Rue La Boétie dividend, amounted to €2,721 million, up +0.7% compared to the first half of 2024. Finally, the Regional Banks’ contribution to the results of Crédit Agricole Group in first half 2025 amounted to €523 million (-19.6%) with revenues of €6,716 million (+2.2%) and a cost of risk of -€717 million (+3.7%).

Crédit Agricole S.A.

Results

Crédit Agricole S.A.’s Board of Directors, chaired by Dominique Lefebvre, met on 30 July 2025 to examine the financial statements for the second quarter of 2025.

In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A.’s net income Group share amounted to €2,390 million, an increase of +30.7% from the second quarter of 2024. The results of the second quarter of 2025 are based on high revenues, a cost/income ratio maintained at a low level and a controlled cost of risk. They were also favourably impacted by the change in corporate income tax, and the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US.

Revenues are at a high level and increasing. Revenues totalled €7,006 million, up +3.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The growth in the Asset Gathering division (+1.3%) is related to strong activity in Insurance, the impact of volatility and risk aversion of customers for Amundi, the deconsolidation of Amundi US (-€89 million) and the integration of Degroof Petercam (+€96 million). Revenues for Large Customers are stable and stood at a high level both for Crédit Agricole CIB and CACEIS. Specialised Financial Services division revenues (-1.0%) were impacted by a positive price effect in the Personal Finance and Mobility business line and by a cyclical drop in margins on factoring. Revenues for Retail Banking in France (-0.3%) were impacted by an unfavourable base effect on the interest margin, offset by good momentum in fee and commission income. Finally, international retail banking revenues (-1.9%) were mainly impacted by the reduction in the intermediation margin in Italy, partially offset by good momentum in fee and commission income over all the entities of the scope. Corporate Centre revenues were up +€214 million, positively impacted by Banco BPM (+€109 million, mainly related to the increase in dividends received).

Operating expenses totalled -€3,700 million in the second quarter of 2025, an increase of +2.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The -€80 million increase in expenses between the second quarter of 2024 and the second quarter of 2025 was mainly due to -€25 million in scope effect and integration costs, (especially including -€51 million related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US, +€89 million related to the integration of Degroof Petercam and -€20 million related to the reduction in ISB integration costs into CACEIS) and +€58 million due to a positive base effect related to the contribution on the DGS (deposit guarantee fund in Italy).

The cost/income ratio thus stood at 52.8% in the second quarter of 2025, an improvement of -0.5 percentage point compared to second quarter 2024. Gross operating income in the second quarter of 2025 stood at €3,306 million, an increase of +4.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

As at 30 June 2025, risk indicators confirm the high quality of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s assets and risk coverage level. The Non Performing Loans ratio showed little change from the previous quarter and remained low at 2.3%. The coverage ratio ⁽¹²⁾ was high at 72.2%, down -2.8 percentage points over the quarter. Loan loss reserves amounted to €9.4 billion for Crédit Agricole S.A., relatively unchanged from the end of March 2025. Of these loan loss reserves, 35.3% were for provisioning for performing loans.

The cost of risk was a net charge of -€441 million, up +4.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and came mainly from a provision for non-performing loans (level 3) of -€524 million (compared to a provision of -€491 million in the second quarter of 2024). Net provisioning on performing loans (stages 1 and 2) is a reversal of +€91 million, compared to a reversal of +€31 million in the second quarter of 2024, and includes reversals for model effects and the migration to default of some loans, which offset the prudential additions to provisions for updating macroeconomic scenarios. Also noteworthy is an addition to provisions of -€8 million for other items (legal provisions) versus a reversal of +€37 million in the second quarter of 2024. By business line, 53% of the net addition for the quarter came from Specialised Financial Services (50% at end-June 2024), 21% from LCL (22% at end-June 2024), 14% from International Retail Banking (17% at end-June 2024), 4% from Large Customers (9% at end-June 2024) and 5% from the Corporate Centre (1% at end-June 2024). The provisioning levels were determined by taking into account several weighted economic scenarios and by applying some flat-rate adjustments on sensitive portfolios. The weighted economic scenarios for the second quarter were updated, with a central scenario (French GDP at +0.8% in 2025, +1.4% in 2026) an unfavourable scenario (French GDP at +0.0% in 2025 and +0.6% in 2026) and an adverse scenario (French GDP at -1.9% in 2025 and -1.4% in 2026). In the second quarter of 2025, the cost of risk/outstandings remained stable at 34 basis points over a rolling four quarter period ⁽¹³⁾ and 32 basis points on an annualised quarterly basis ⁽¹⁴⁾.

The contribution of equity-accounted entities stood at €30 million in second quarter 2025, down -€17 million compared to second quarter 2024, or -35.1%. This drop is related to the impairment of goodwill of a stake in CAL&F and non-recurring items especially the drop in remarketing revenues at CAPFM, offset by the impact of the first consolidation of Victory Capital (+€20 million). The net income on other assets was €455 million in the second quarter of 2025 and includes the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US of €453 million. Pre-tax income, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests therefore increased by +19% to €3,350 million.

The tax charge was -€541 million, versus -€704 million for the second quarter 2024. This quarter’s tax includes positive elements, especially the non-taxation of the capital gain linked to the deconsolidation of Amundi US. The tax charge for the quarter remains estimated and will be reassessed by the end of the year.

Net income before non-controlling interests was up +33.1% to €2,809 million. Non-controlling interests stood at -€420 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +48.7%, a share of the capital gain on the deconsolidation of Amundi US being reversed to non-controlling interests.

Stated net income Group share in the first half of 2024 amounted to €4,213 million, compared with €3,731 million in the first half of 2024, an increase of +12.9%.

Revenues increased +4.9% compared to the first half of 2024, driven by the performance of the Asset Gathering, Large Customers, and Specialised Financial Services business lines and the Corporate Centre. Operating expenses were up +5.5% compared to the first half of 2024, especially in connection with supporting the development of business lines and the integration of scope effects. The cost/income ratio for the first half of the year was 53.9%, an improvement of 0.3 percentage points compared to first half 2024. Gross operating income totalled €6,571 million, up +4.1% compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk increased by +3.8% over the period, to -€-855 million, versus -€824 million for first half 2024.

The contribution of equity-accounted entities stood at €77 million in first half 2025, down -€13 million compared to first half 2024, or -14.1%. Net income from other assets was €456 million in the first half of 2025. Pre-tax income, discontinued operations and non-controlling interests therefore increased by +11.9% to €6,250 million. The tax charge was -€1,368 million, versus -€1,315 million for first half 2024. This includes the exceptional corporate income tax of -€152 million, corresponding to an estimation of -€200 million in 2025 (assuming 2025 fiscal result being equal to 2024 fiscal result). Net income before non-controlling interests was up +14.3% to €4,882 million. Non-controlling interests stood at -€669 million in first half 2025, up +23.5% compared to first half 2024.

Earnings per share stood at €0.74 per share in the second quarter 2025, versus €0.58 in the second quarter 2024.

RoTE ⁽¹⁵⁾, which is calculated on the basis of an annualised net income Group share ⁽¹⁶⁾ and IFRIC charges, additional corporate tax charge and the capital gain on deconsolidation of Amundi US linearised over the year, net of annualised Additional Tier 1 coupons (return on equity Group share excluding intangibles) and net of foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1, and restated for certain volatile items recognised in equity (including unrealised gains and/or losses), reached 16.7% in the first half of 2024, up +1.3 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024.

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Income statement, Q2 and H1-25

En m€	Q2-25	Q2-24	∆ Q2/Q2	H1-25	H1-24	∆ H1/H1
Revenues	7,006	6,796	+3.1%	14,263	13,602	+4.9%
Operating expenses	(3,700)	(3,621)	+2.2%	(7,691)	(7,289)	+5.5%
Gross operating income	3,306	3,175	+4.1%	6,571	6,312	+4.1%
Cost of risk	(441)	(424)	+4.2%	(855)	(824)	+3.8%
Equity-accounted entities	30	47	(35.2%)	77	90	(14.1%)
Net income on other assets	455	15	x 29.4	456	9	x 50.7
Change in value of goodwill	–	–	n.m.	–	–	n.m.
Income before tax	3,350	2,814	+19.0%	6,250	5,587	+11.9%
Tax	(541)	(704)	(23.2%)	(1,368)	(1,315)	+4.0%
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	0	–	n.m.	0	–	n.m.
Net income	2,809	2,110	+33.1%	4,882	4,273	+14.3%
Non-controlling interests	(420)	(282)	+48.7%	(669)	(542)	+23.5%
Net income Group Share	2,390	1,828	+30.7%	4,213	3,731	+12.9%
Earnings per share (€)	0.74	0.58	+29.1%	1.30	1.08	+20.3%
Cost/Income ratio (%)	52.8%	53.3%	-0.5 pp	53.9%	53.6%	+0.3 pp

Analysis of the activity and the results of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s divisions and business lines

Activity of the Asset Gathering division

At end-June 2025, the assets under management of the Asset Gathering (AG) division stood at €2,905 billion, up +€27 billion over the quarter (i.e. +1%), mainly due to positive net inflows in asset management, and insurance, and a positive market and foreign exchange effect over the period. Over the year, assets under management rose by +5.2%.

Insurance activity (Crédit Agricole Assurances) was very strong, with total revenues at a high level of €12.7 billion, up +17.9% compared to second quarter 2024.

In Savings/Retirement, second quarter 2025 revenues reached €9.9 billion, up +22.3% compared to second quarter 2024, in a buoyant environment, especially in France. Unit-linked rate in gross inflows⁽¹⁷⁾ is stable year-on-year at 32.0%. The net inflows reached a record +€4.2 billion (+€2.7 billion compared to the second quarter of 2024), comprised of +€2.4 billion net inflows from euro funds and +€1.8 billion from unit-linked contracts.

Assets under management (savings, retirement and funeral insurance) continued to grow and came to €359.4 billion (up +€21.5 billion year-on-year, or +6.4%). The growth in outstandings was driven by the very high level of quarterly net inflows and favourable market effects. Unit-linked contracts accounted for 30.2% of outstandings, up +0.6 percentage points compared to the end of June 2024.

In property and casualty insurance, premium income stood at €1.4 billion in the second quarter of 2025, up +9.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Growth stemmed from a price effect, with the increase in the average premium benefiting from revised rates induced by climate change and inflation in repair costs as well as changes in the product mix, and a volume effect, with a portfolio of over €16.9 million ⁽¹⁸⁾ policies at the end of June 2025 (or +2.8% over the year). Lastly, the combined ratio at the end of June 2025 stood at 94.7% ⁽¹⁹⁾, stable year-on-year and an improvement of +1.4 percentage points compared to the last quarter.

In death & disability/creditor insurance/group insurance, premium income for the second quarter of 2025 stood at €1.4 billion, down slightly by -0.6% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Individual death & disability showed growth of +7.1% related to the increase in the average amount of guarantees. Creditor insurance showed a drop in activity of -4.3% over the period, especially related to international consumer finance. Group insurance was slightly up at +2.2%.

In Asset Management (Amundi), assets under management by Amundi increased by +0.9% and +5.2% respectively over the quarter and the year, reaching a new record of €2,267 billion at the end of June 2025. They take into account the first integration of Victory Capital over the quarter with a scope effect of -€9.7 billion (effect of the deconsolidation of Amundi US for -€70 billion and the integration of Victory for +€60 billion). US business assets amount to €94 billion at end-June 2025, including €36 billion of assets distributed by Amundi to non-US customers (fully integrated) and €58 billion of assets distributed by Victory to US customers (26% share). In addition to the scope effect, assets benefited from a high level of inflows over the quarter (+€20.5 billion) a positive market effect of +€57 billion, and a strong negative exchange rate impact of -€48 billion related to the drop in the US dollar and Indian rupee. Net inflows are balanced between medium/long term assets (+€11 billion) and JVs (+€10 billion). The Institutionals segment also recorded net inflows of +€8.7 billion over the quarter, driven by strong seasonal activity in employee savings (+€4 billion in MLT assets). The JV segment showed net inflows of €10.3 billion over the period, with an upturn of inflows in India and a confirmed recovery in China. Finally, the retail segment showed net inflows of €1.4 billion over the quarter.

In Wealth management, total assets under management (CA Indosuez Wealth Management and LCL Private Banking) amounted to €279 billion at the end of June 2025, and were up +3.7% compared to June 2024 and stable compared to March 2025.

For Indosuez Wealth Management assets under management at the end of June stood at €214 billion ⁽²⁰⁾, up +0.4% compared to the end of March 2025, with slightly negative net inflows of -€0.1 billion. Production is supported by structured products and mandates, partially offsetting the outflow especially linked to liquidity events of large customers. The market and foreign exchange impact of the quarter is positive at €1 billion. Compared to end-June 2024, assets are up by +€9 billion, or +4.5%. Also noteworthy is the announcement of the Banque Thaler acquisition project in Switzerland on 4 April 2025 and that of the plan to acquire the Wealth Management customers of BNP Paribas Group in Monaco on 23 June 2025.

Results of the Asset Gathering division

In the second quarter of 2025, Asset Gathering generated €1,970 million of revenues, up +1.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Expenses increased +6.2% to -€864 million and gross operating income came to €1,106 million, -2.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 43.8%, up +2.0 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Equity-accounted entities showed a contribution of €58 million, up +77.4%, especially in relation to the first integration of the contribution of Victory Capital of 26% over this quarter in the Asset Management division for €20 million. The net income on other assets is impacted by the recognition of a capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital. Consequently, pre-tax income was up by +40.1% and stood at €1,610 million in the second quarter of 2025. The net income Group share showed an increase of +49.3% to €1,100 million.

In the first semester of 2025, the Asset Gathering division generated revenues of €4,028 million, up +7.9% compared to first half 2024. Expenses increased by +14.8%. As a result, the cost/income ratio stood at 44.7%, up +2.7 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €2,229 million, a increase of +2.9% compared to first half 2024. Equity-accounted entities showed a contribution of €86 million, up +39.4%, especially in relation to the first integration of the contribution of Victory Capital of 26% over the second quarter of 2025 in the Asset Management division. The net income on other assets is impacted by the recognition of a capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital in second quarter 2025. Taxes stood at €601 million, a +19.8% increase. Net income Group share of the Asset Gathering division includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €1,780 million, up +22.5% compared to the first half of 2024. The increase affected all the business lines of the division, (+66.1% for Asset Management, +0.8% for Insurance and +92.3% for Wealth Management).

In the second quarter of 2025, the Asset Gathering division contributed by 41% to the net income Group share of the Crédit Agricole S.A. core businesses and 28% to revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

As at 30 June 2025, equity allocated to the division amounted to €13.2 billion, including €10.6 billion for Insurance, €1.9 billion for Asset Management, and €0.7 billion for Wealth Management. The division’s risk weighted assets amounted to €51.4 billion, including €24.0 billion for Insurance, €19.7 billion for Asset Management and €7.7 billion for Wealth Management.

Insurance results

In the second quarter of 2025, insurance revenues amounted to €790 million, up +2.1% compared to the second quarter of 2024. They are supported by Savings/Retirement in relation to the growth in activity and a positive financial result over the period, Property & Casualty which benefits from a good level of activity and financial results, and by the performance of Death & Disability, which offsets a tightening of technical margins in creditor. Revenues for the quarter included €587 million from savings/retirement and funeral insurance ⁽²¹⁾, €89 million from personal protection ⁽²²⁾ and €114 million from property and casualty insurance ⁽²³⁾.

The Contractual Service Margin (CSM) totalled €26.8 billion at the end of June 2025, an increase of +6.3% compared to the end of December 2024. It benefited from a contribution of new business greater than the CSM allocation and a positive market effect. The annualised CSM allocation factor was 8.0% at end-June 2025.

Non-attributable expenses for the quarter stood at -€87 million, down -0.9% over the second quarter of 2024. As a result, gross operating income reached €703 million, up +2.5% compared to the same period in 2024. The net pre-tax income was up +2.2% and stood at €703 million. The tax charge totalled €143 million, down -19.9% during the period. Net income Group share stood at €557 million, up +12.6% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

Revenues from insurance in the first half of 2025 came to €1,517 million, up +1.5% compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €1,335 million, up +1.4% compared to the first half of 2024. Non-attributable expenses came to €182 million, i.e. an increase of +2.0%. The cost/income ratio is thus 12.0%, below the target ceiling set by the Medium-Term Plan of 15%. The net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and reached €997 million, up +0.8% compared to first half 2024.

Insurance contributed 23% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 10% to their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

Asset Management results

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues amounted to €771 million, showing a fall of -10.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The deconsolidation of Amundi US (previously fully consolidated) and the integration of Victory Capital (at 26% on the equity-accounted entities line) took effect this quarter. As a result, restated for this scope effect,⁽²⁴⁾, revenues were stable (-0.6%) compared with the second half of 2024. Net management fee and commission income was up +1.0% ⁽²⁵⁾ compared with second quarter 2024. Amundi Technology’s revenues recorded a significant increase and rose +50% over the second quarter of 2024, thanks to the integration of Aixigo (the European leader in Wealth Tech, the acquisition of which was finalised in November 2024) which amplified the continued strong organic growth. Performance fee income fell -29%²⁵ from the second quarter of 2024 due to market volatility and financial revenues fell in connection with the drop in rates. Operating expenses amounted to -€429 million, a decline of -8.8% from the second quarter of 2024. Excluding the scope effect related to the Victory Capital partnership²⁴, they were up +2.2% over the period. The cost/income ratio was up at 55.7% (+1.2 percentage points compared to second quarter 2024). Gross operating income stood at €341 million, down -13.2% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities, carrying the contribution of Amundi’s Asian joint ventures as well as the new contribution of Victory Capital starting this quarter, was €58 million (+€20 million of which for Victory Capital, whose contribution is recognised with an offset of one quarter, so excluding the synergies already realised in the second quarter of 2025; the contribution of the joint ventures rose sharply to +16.6%, particularly in India), an increase of +77.4% over the second quarter of 2024. Net income on other assets was impacted by the recognition of a non-monetary capital gain of €453 million, also related to the partnership with Victory Capital, over the second quarter of 2025. Consequently, pre-tax income came to €850 million, double the second quarter of 2024. Non-controlling interests were impacted by the partnership with Victory Capital and amounted to €249 million over the quarter. Net income Group share amounted to €506 million, up sharply (x2.3) compared to the second quarter of 2024, taking account of the impact of the partnership with Victory Capital.

Over the first half of 2025, revenues remained stable at €1,663 million (-0.3%). Excluding the scope effect related to the partnership with Victory Capital in the second quarter of 2025, it would represent an increase of +5.3% over the period. Operating expenses posted a slight increase of +0.7%. Excluding the scope effect related to the partnership with Victory Capital, they would increase +5.3% over the period. The cost/income ratio was 55.7%, an increase of +0.5 percentage points compared to first half 2024. This resulted in a -1.5% decline in gross operating income from the first half of 2024. The income of the equity-accounted entities rose +39.4%, primarily reflecting the first integration of the Victory Capital contribution over second quarter 2025. Net income on other assets was impacted by the recognition of a non-monetary capital gain of €453 million also related to the partnership with Victory Capital over the second quarter of 2025. In total, net income Group share for the half includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and stood at €689 million, an increase of +66.1%.

Asset management contributed 16% to the underlying net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end June 2025 and by 12% to their underlying revenues.

At 30 June 2025, equity allocated to the Asset Management business line amounted to €1.9 billion, while risk weighted assets totalled €19.7 billion.

Wealth Management results ⁽²⁶⁾

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from wealth management amounted to €409 million, up +33.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024, benefiting from the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam in June 2024. Excluding this effect, ⁽²⁷⁾ revenues were sustained by the positive momentum of transactional income and the good resilience of the net interest margin, despite falling rates. Expenses for the quarter amounted to -€348 million, up +36.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, impacted by a Degroof Petercam scope effect²⁷ and -€22.5 million in integration costs in the second quarter of 2025 ⁽²⁸⁾. Excluding these impacts, expenses rose slightly at +1.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 85%, up +1.9 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Excluding integration costs, it amounted to 79.5%. Gross operating income reached €61 million, an increase of (+18.3%) compared to the second quarter of 2024. Cost of risk remained moderate at -€5 million. Net income Group share amounted to €36 million, up +52.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

In the first half of 2025, wealth management revenues rose by +48.6% over the first half of 2024, notably benefiting from the integration of Degroof Petercam⁽²⁹⁾ in June 2024 to reach €848 million. Expenses rose by +47.5% due to the impact of the integration of Degroof Petercam²⁹ in June 2024 and integration costs. Gross operating income was therefore up +54.0% at €156 million. Net income on other assets was nil in the first half of 2025 compared with -€20 million in the first half of 2024, corresponding to Degroof Petercam acquisition costs. Net income Group share was €94 million over the first half, up +92.3% from first half 2024. The additional net income Group share target of +€150 million to +€200 million in 2028 following the integration of Degroof Petercam is confirmed and the rate of progression in synergies realised was approximately 25%.

Wealth Management contributed 2% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s business lines (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 6% of their revenues (excluding the Corporate Centre division).

At 30 June 2025, equity allocated to Wealth Management was €0.7 billion and risk weighted assets totalled €7.7 billion.

Activity of the Large Customers division

The large customers division posted good activity in the second quarter of 2025, thanks to good performance from Corporate and Investment banking (CIB) and strong activity in asset servicing.

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from Corporate and Investment Banking were stable at €1,705 million, which is -0.1% compared to second quarter 2024 (+5% excluding FVA/DVA volatile elements and foreign exchange impact). Capital Markets and Investment Banking activity was down -2.7% from second quarter 2024 (+3% excluding non-recurring items and foreign exchange impact), but remained at a high level at €860 million, supported in part by a new progression in revenues from Capital Market activities (+2.8% over second quarter 2024, +10% excluding FVA/DVA volatile items and foreign exchange impact) particularly on the trading and primary credit activities that partially offset the decline in structured equity revenues. Revenues from financing activities rose to €845 million, an increase of +2.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7% excluding non-recurring items and foreign exchange impact). This mainly reflects the performance of structured financing, where revenues rose +6.8% compared to the second quarter of 2024, primarily explained by the dynamism of the renewable energy sector (increase in production on wind and solar projects). Commercial Banking was up +0.7% versus second quarter 2024, driven by the activities of Corporate & Leveraged Finance, boosted by the acquisition financing sector.

Financing activities consolidated its leading position in syndicated loans (#1 in France ⁽³⁰⁾ and #2 in EMEA³⁰). Crédit Agricole CIB reaffirmed its strong position in bond issues (#2 All bonds in EUR Worldwide³⁰) and was ranked #1 in Green, Social & Sustainable bonds in EUR ⁽³¹⁾. Average regulatory VaR stood at €11.1 million in the second quarter of 2025, up from €10.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, reflecting changes in positions and financial markets. It remained at a level that reflected prudent risk management.

For Asset Servicing, business growth was supported by strong commercial activity and favourable market effects.

Assets under custody rose by +1.1% at the end of June 2025 compared to the end of March 2025 and increased by +11.3% compared to the end of June 2024, to reach €5,526 billion. Assets under administration fell by
-3.0% over the quarter because of a planned customer withdrawal, and were up +1.2% year-on-year, totalling €3,468 billion at end-June 2025.

On 4 July 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. announced the finalisation of the buyback of the 30.5% interest held by Santander in CACEIS.

Results of the Large Customers division

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues of the Large Customers division once again reached a record level at €2,224 million (stable from second quarter 2024), buoyed by an excellent performance in the Corporate and Investment Banking and Asset Servicing business lines.

Operating expenses increased by +4.4% due to IT investments and business line development. As a result, the division’s gross operating income was down -5.1% from the second quarter of 2024, standing at €967 million. The division recorded a limited addition for provision of the cost of risk of -€20 million integrating the update of economic scenarios and benefiting from favourable model effects, to be compared with an addition of -€39 million in the second quarter of 2024. Pre-tax income amounted to €958 million, down -3.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The tax charge amounted to -€149 million in second quarter 2025. Finally, net income Group share totalled €752 million in the second quarter of 2025, an increase of +8.3% over the second quarter of 2024.

In first half 2025, the revenues of the Large Customers business line amounted to a historic high of €4,632 million (+3.2% compared to first half 2024). Operating expenses rose +4.6% compared to first half 2024 to €2,617 million, largely related to staff costs and IT investments. Gross operating income for first half of 2025 therefore totalled €2,015 million, up +1.4% from first half 2024. The cost of risk ended the first half of 2025 with a net provision to provisions of -€5 million, which was stable compared with the first half of 2024. The business line’s contribution to underlying net income Group share was at €1,475 million, up +4.1% compared to first half 2024.

The business line contributed 34% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 32% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €12.8 billion and its risk weighted assets were €134.7 billion.

Corporate and Investment Banking results

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues from Corporate and Investment Banking posted a strong performance at €1,705 million (stable in relation to second quarter 2024, +5% excluding FVA/DVA volatile items and foreign exchange impact).

Operating expenses rose by +6.7% to -€895 million, mainly due to IT investments and the development of business line activities. Gross operating income declined -6.6% compared to second quarter 2024 and recorded a high level of +€810 million. Cost/income ratio was 52.5%, an improvement of +3.3 percentage points for the period. Cost of risk recorded a limited net provision of -€19 million integrating the update of economic scenarios and benefiting from positive model effects. Pre-tax income in second quarter 2025 stands at €793 million, down -5.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Lastly, stated net income Group share was up +6.7% to €659 million in the second quarter of 2025.

In first half 2025, stated revenues rose by +3.7% compared to first half 2024, to €3,591 million, the highest historical half-year level ever. Operating expenses rose +7.1%, mainly due to variable compensation and IT investments to support the development of the business lines. As a result, gross operating income was €1,704 million and stable compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk recorded a net reversal of +€4 million in the first half of 2025, compared to a reversal of +€7 million in the first half of 2024. The income tax charge stood at -€376 million, down -9.3%. Lastly, stated net income Group share for first half 2025 stood at €1,307 million, an increase of +3.0% over the period.

Risk weighted assets at end-June 2025 were down -€6.6 billion compared to end-March 2025, to €123.6 billion, mainly explained by model effects.

Asset servicing results

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for Asset Servicing remained stable compared to second quarter 2024 at €519 million, as the solid performance of the net interest margin was offset by a drop in fee and commission income (notably on foreign exchange). Operating expenses were down by -1.1% to -€361 million, due to the decrease in ISB integration costs compared to the second quarter of 2024 ⁽³²⁾. Apart from this effect, expenses were up slightly pending the acceleration of synergies. As a result, gross operating income was up by +3.8% to €158 million in the second quarter of 2025. The cost/income ratio for the second quarter of 2025 stood at 69.6%, down -1.0 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. Consequently, pre-tax income was up by +8.8% and stood at €165 million in the second quarter of 2025. Net income Group share rose +21.1% compared to second quarter 2024.

Stated revenues for first half 2025 were up +1.5% compared with first half 2024, buoyed by the strong commercial momentum and a favourable trend in the interest margin over the period. Expenses declined -1.3% and included -€13.7 million in integration costs related to the acquisition of ISB’s activities (versus -€44.3 million in integration costs in the first half of 2024). Gross operating income rose +8.8% increase compared to first half 2024.
The cost/income ratio stood at 70.1%, down 2.0 points compared to the second half of 2024. The additional net income target ⁽³³⁾of +€100 million in 2026 following the integration of ISB is confirmed and the rate of progression in synergies realised is approximately 60%.

Finally, the contribution of the business line to net income Group share in the first half of 2025 was €168 million, representing a +13.9% increase compared to the first half of 2024.

Specialised financial services activity

Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility’s (CAPFM) commercial production totalled €12.4 billion in second quarter 2025, an increase of +2.4% from second quarter 2024, and an increase of +12.4% compared to first quarter 2025. This increase was carried by traditional consumer finance, while the automobile activity remained stable in a still complex market in Europe and China. The share of automotive financing ⁽³⁴⁾ in quarterly new business production stood at 49.6%. The average customer rate for production was down slightly by -9 basis points from the first quarter of 2025. CAPFM assets under management stood at €121.0 billion at end-June 2025, up +4.5% from end-June 2024, over all scopes (Automotive +6.6% ⁽³⁵⁾, LCL and Regional Banks +4.2%, Other Entities +2.5%), benefiting from the expansion of the management portfolio with the Regional Banks and the promising development of car rental with Leasys and Drivalia. Lastly, consolidated outstandings totalled €68.0 billion at end-June 2025, down -0.9% from end-June 2024.

The commercial production of Crédit Agricole Leasing & Factoring (CAL&F) was down -19.4% from second quarter 2024 in leasing, primarily in France in an unfavourable market context ⁽³⁶⁾. In International, production was up, particularly in Poland. Leasing outstandings rose +5.0% year-on-year, both in France (+4.1%) and internationally (+8.6%), to reach €20.8 billion at end-June 2025 (of which €16.4 billion in France and €4.5 billion internationally). Commercial production in factoring was up +26.6% versus second quarter 2024, carried by France, which rose +83.8%, which benefited from the signing of a significant contract; international fell by -27.0%, mainly in Germany. Factoring outstandings at end-June 2025 were up +3.7% compared to end-June 2024, and factored revenues were up by +5.0% compared to the same period in 2024.

Specialised financial services’ results

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues of the Specialised Financial Services division were €881 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Expenses stood at -€438 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 49.8%, stable compared to the same period in 2024. Gross operating income thus stood at €442 million, down -1.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Cost of risk amounted to -€235 million, up +11.7% compared to the second quarter of 2024. Income for the equity-accounted entities amounted to -€13 million, a significant decline from second quarter 2024 which was €29 million, mainly linked to the drop in remarketing revenues for CAPFM as well as a depreciation of goodwill for CAL&F. Pre-tax income for the division amounted to €194 million, down -26.7% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share amounted to €114 million, down -38.9% compared to the same period in 2024.

In the first half of 2025, revenues for the Specialised Financial Services division were €1,749 million, which was up +0.8% from first half 2024. Operating expenses were up +1.7% from first half 2024 at -€912 million. Gross operating income amounted to €837 million, stable (-0.2%) in relation to first half 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 52.1%, up +0.5 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk increased by +12.8% compared to the first quarter of 2024 to -€484 million. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities dropped -62.2% from the same period in 2024, mainly linked to the decline in remarketing revenues CAPFM and a depreciation of goodwill for CAL&F (in the second quarter of 2025). Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €263 million, down -20.3% compared to the same period in 2024.

The business line contributed 6% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) at end-June 2025 and 12% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the division was €7.7 billion and its risk weighted assets were €80.7 billion.

Personal Finance and Mobility results

In the second quarter of 2025, CAPFM revenues totalled €697 million, up +0.3% from the second quarter of 2024, with a positive price effect benefiting from the improvement in the production margin rate, which rose +35 basis points compared to second quarter 2024 (and which was down -7 basis points from first quarter 2025), partially absorbed by the increase in subordinated debt ⁽³⁷⁾. Expenses totalled -€339 million, a drop of -1.1% and the jaws effect was positive over the quarter at +1.3 percentage points. Gross operating income thus stood at €358 million, an increase of +1.5% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost/income ratio stood at 48.7%, up -0.6 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk stood at -€228 million, up +19.6% from the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk/outstandings thus stood at 135 basis points⁽³⁸⁾, a slight deterioration of +5 basis points compared to the first quarter of 2025, especially in international activities. The Non Performing Loans ratio was 4.6% at end-June 2025, slightly up by +0.1 percentage points compared to end-March 2025, while the coverage ratio reached 73.2%, down -0.2 percentage points compared to end-March 2025. The contribution from the equity-accounted entities fell by -71.4% compared to the same period in 2024, related mainly to the drop in remarketing revenues. Pre-tax income amounted to €140 million, down -27.1% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share amounted to €81 million, down -38.4% compared to the previous year.

In the first half of 2025, CAPFM revenues reached €1,380 million, i.e. +1.1% over the first half of 2024, benefiting from volume and positive price effects partially offset by the increase in subordinated debt³⁷. The expenses came to -€709 million, up +1.7% compared to the first half of 2024, related primarily to employee expenses and IT expenses. Gross operating income stood at €671 million, up +0.6%. The cost/income ratio stood at 51.4%, up +0.3 percentage points compared to the same period in 2024. The cost of risk rose by +16.3% over the first half of 2024 to -€453 million, notably related to a slight degradation on the international subsidiaries. The contribution from equity-accounted entities fell by -25.9% compared to the same period in 2024, primarily due to the decline in remarketing revenues. Therefore, net income Group share, which includes the additional corporate tax charge in France, amounted to €188 million, down -18.7% from the first half of 2024.

Leasing & Factoring results

In the second quarter of 2025, CAL&F revenues totalled €183 million, down -5.4% from second quarter 2024 due to the decline in factoring margins (related to the rate decrease). Revenues were up in leasing. Operating expenses stood at -€99 million, down -0.8% over the quarter, and the cost/income ratio stood at 54.0%, an improvement of +2.6 percentage points compared to the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income stood at €84 million, down -10.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk includes a provision reversal on performing loans of +€20 million and thus amounted to -€7 million over the quarter, a drop of -63.9% from the same period in 2024. Cost of risk/outstandings stood at 21 basis points³⁸, down -4 basis points compared to second quarter 2024. Income of the equity-accounted entities totalled -€22 million in second quarter 2025, a sharp decline from second quarter 2024 at -€2 million, due to a depreciation of goodwill. Pre-tax income amounted to €54 million, down -25.4% compared to the same period in 2024. Net income Group share includes the corporate tax additional charge in France and amounted to €33 million, down -40.2% compared to the previous year.

In the first half of 2025, revenues were stable (-0.6%) from first half 2024 at €369 million with an increase on leasing absorbed by a decrease in factoring margins because of the decrease in rates. Operating expenses increased by +1.9% to -€203 million. Gross operating income was down -3.5% from the first half of 2024 to total €166 million. The cost/income ratio stood at 55.0%, up +1.3 percentage points compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk declined from the first half of 2024 (-21.8%) because of a provision reversal of +€20 million on performing loans in the second quarter of 2025. The contribution of the equity-accounted entities amounted to -€24 million in the first half of 2025, down sharply from the first half of 2024 at -€4 million due to a depreciation of goodwill in first half 2025. Finally, net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €75 million, down -24.1% from the first half of 2024.

Crédit Agricole S.A. Retail Banking activity

In Retail Banking at Crédit Agricole S.A. this quarter, loan production in France continued its upturn compared to the second quarter of 2024. It was down in Italy in a very competitive housing market. The number of customers with insurance is progressing.

Retail banking activity in France

In the second quarter of 2025, activity was steady, with an upturn in loan activity, especially real estate loans, compared with the second quarter of 2024, and an increase in inflows. Customer acquisition remained dynamic, with 68,000 new customers this quarter.

The equipment rate for car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance rose by +0.6 percentage points to stand at 28.4% at end-June 2025.

Loan production totalled €6.8 billion, representing a year-on-year increase of +14%. Second quarter 2025 recorded an increase in the production of real estate loans (+24% over second quarter 2024). The average production rate for home loans came to 3.07%, down -11 basis points from the first quarter of 2025 and -77 basis points year on year. The home loan stock rate improved by +3 basis points over the quarter and by +18 basis points year on year. The strong momentum continued in the corporate market (+10% year on year) and the small business market (+15% year on year) and remains up in the consumer finance segment (+2%).

Outstanding loans stood at €171.5 billion at end-June 2025, representing a quarter-on-quarter increase (+0.5%) and year-on-year (+2.0%, including +1.8% for home loans, +1.7% for loans to small businesses, and +3.4% for corporate loans). Customer assets totalled €256.0 billion at end-June 2025, up +1.7% year on year, driven by off-balance sheet funds and with a slight increase of on-balance sheet deposits. Over the quarter, customer assets remained stable at -0.2% in relation to end-March 2025, with an increase of demand deposits for +2.6% while term deposits dropped -8.5% over the quarter in an environment that remains uncertain. Off-balance sheet deposits benefited from a positive year-on-year market effect and on the quarter and positive net inflows in life insurance.

Retail banking activity in Italy

In the second quarter of 2025, CA Italia posted gross customer capture of 54,000.

Loans outstanding at CA Italia at the end of June 2025 stood at €62.0 billion ⁽³⁹⁾, up +1.6% compared with end-June 2024, in an Italian market up slightly ⁽⁴⁰⁾, driven by the retail market, which posted an increase in outstandings of +2.8%. The loan stock rate declined by -96 basis points against the second quarter of 2024 and by -24 basis points from the first quarter of 2025. Loan production for the quarter was down -8.1% compared with a high second quarter 2024, in a very competitive home market in the second quarter of 2025. Loan production for the half rose by +1.3% compared with the first half of 2024.

Customer assets at end-June 2025 totalled €120.5 billion, up +3.2% compared with end-June 2024; on-balance sheet deposits were relatively unchanged (+0.3%) from end-June 2024. Finally, off-balance sheet deposits increased by +6.9% over the same period and benefited from net flows and a positive market effect.

CA Italia’s equipment rate in car, multi-risk home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance was 20.6%, up +0.9 percentage points over the second quarter of 2024.

International Retail Banking activity excluding Italy

For International Retail Banking excluding Italy, loan outstandings were €7.4 billion, up +5.2% at current exchange rates at end-June 2025 compared with end-June 2024 (+6.6% at constant exchange rates). Customer assets rose by +€11.7 billion and were up +6.4% over the same period at current exchange rates (+9.7% at constant exchange rates).

In Poland in particular, loan outstandings increased by +5.2% compared to end-June 2024 (+3.6% at constant exchange rates) driven by the retail segment and on-balance sheet deposits of +8.2% (+6.6% at constant exchange rates). Loan production in Poland rose this quarter compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7.9% at current exchange rates and +6.5% at constant exchange rates). In addition, gross customer capture in Poland reached 48,000 new customers this quarter.

In Egypt, commercial activity was strong in all markets. Loans outstanding rose +6.8% between end-June 2025 and end-June 2024 (+20.9% at constant exchange rates). Over the same period, on-balance sheet deposits increased by +9.0%% and were up +23.3% at constant exchange rates.

Liquidity is still very strong with a net surplus of deposits over loans in Poland and Egypt amounting to +€2.0 billion at 30 June 2025, and reached €3.5 billion including Ukraine.

French retail banking results

In the second quarter of 2025, LCL revenues amounted to €976 million, stable from the second quarter of 2024. The increase in fee and commission income (+3.1% over second quarter 2024) was driven by the strong momentum in insurance (life and non-life). NIM was down -3.4%, under the impact of an unfavourable base effect, but improved compared to the first quarter of 2025 (+7.8%), thanks to the progressive repricing of loans and the decrease in the cost of customer-related funds (which benefited from a positive change in the deposit mix) and of refinancing, offset by a lower contribution from macro-hedging.

Expenses were up slightly by +1.0% and stood at -€597 million linked to ongoing investments. The cost/income ratio stood at 61.1%, an increase by 0.8 percentage points compared to second quarter 2024. Gross operating income fell by -2.4% to €380 million.

The cost of risk was stable (-0.3% compared with second quarter 2024) and amounted to -€95 million (including an addition to provisions of -€104 million on proven risk and a reversal of +€10 million on healthy loans, incorporating the impact of the scenario update offset by the model update. The cost of risk/outstandings was stable at 20 basis points, with its level still high in the professional market. The coverage ratio still remains at a high level and was 60.9% at the end of June 2025. The Non Performing Loans ratio was 2.1% at the end of June 2025.

Finally, pre-tax income stood at €286 million, down -3.4% compared to the second quarter of 2024, and net income Group share was down -5.7% from the second quarter of 2024.

In the first half of 2025, LCL revenues were stable, up +0.3% compared to first half 2024 and totalled €1,939 million. The net interest margin was down (-2.6%), benefiting from gradual loan repricing and lower funding and refinancing costs, although the impact of macro-hedging remained positive, though less favourable, and there was an unfavourable base effect in the second quarter. Fee and commission income rose +3.4% compared to first half 2024, particularly on insurance. Expenses rose by +2.4% over the period and the cost/income ratio remained under control (+1.3 percentage points compared with first half 2024) at 63.0%. Gross operating income fell by -3.1% and the cost of risk improved by -12.9%. Lastly, the business line’s contribution to net income Group share includes the additional corporate tax charge in France and amounted to €337 million (-14.4% compared to the first half of 2024).

In the end, the business line contributed 8% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) in the second quarter of 2025 and 13% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre division.

At 30 June 2025, the equity allocated to the business line stood at €5.3 billion and risk weighted assets amounted to €55.7 billion.

International Retail Banking results ⁽⁴¹⁾

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking totalled €1,007 million, down compared with the second quarter of 2024 (-1.9% at current exchange rates, -1.3% at constant exchange rates). Operating expenses amounted to -€520 million, down -6.3% (-6.0% at constant exchange rates), and benefited from the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, which was recorded for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income consequently totalled €487 million, up +3.2% (+4.3% at constant exchange rates) for the period. Cost of risk amounted to -€61 million, down -15.5% compared to second quarter 2024 (-19.8% at constant exchange rates). All in all, net income Group share for CA Italia, CA Egypt, CA Poland and CA Ukraine amounted to €238 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +4.3% (and +6.4% at constant exchange rates).

In first half 2025, International Retail Banking revenues fell by -2.5% to €2,033 million (-0.7% at constant exchange rates). Operating expenses totalled -€1,035 million, down -2.4% (-4% at constant exchange rates) from the first half of 2024, and benefited from the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, which had been recorded for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. Gross operating income totalled €998 million, down -2.6% (+2.9% at constant exchange rates). The cost of risk fell by -17.3% (-14.2% at constant exchange rates) to -€128 million compared to first half 2024. Ultimately, net income Group share of International Retail Banking was €483 million, stable in comparison with €485 million in the first half of 2024.

At 30 June 2025, the capital allocated to International Retail Banking was €4.3 billion and risk weighted assets totalled €44.9 billion.

Results in Italy

In the second quarter of 2025, Crédit Agricole Italia’s revenues amounted to €767 million, down -2.2% from second quarter 2024, due to the decline in the net interest margin (-4.4% compared with the second quarter of 2024 related to the decrease in rates). The net interest margin was up +2% compared to first quarter 2025. Fee and commission income on managed assets rose significantly by +11.6% compared to second quarter 2024. Operating expenses were -€398 million, down -9.5% from second quarter 2024, due to the end of the contribution to the DGS in 2025, whereas an amount of -€58 million had been recognised in this respect in the second quarter of 2024. Excluding the DGS, expenses rose by +4.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024 because of employee and IT expenses to support the growth of the business lines.

The cost of risk was -€45 million in the second quarter of 2025, a decrease of -26.4% from second quarter 2024, and continues to fall with an improvement in the quality of the assets and the coverage ratio. In effect, the cost of risk/outstandings ⁽⁴²⁾ is 36 basis points, an improvement of 3 basis points versus the first quarter of 2025; the Non Performing Loans ratio is 2.7% and is improved from the first quarter of 2025, just like the coverage ratio which is 81.0% (+3.1 percentage points over the first quarter of 2025). This translates into a net income Group share of €172 million for CA Italia, up +12.3% compared to the second quarter of 2024.

In first half 2025, revenues for Crédit Agricole Italia fell by -0.9% to €1,545 million. Operating expenses amounted to -€781 million, down -4.8% from the first half of 2024, and an increase of +2.4% excluding the DGS for -€58 million in the second quarter of 2024. This took gross operating income to €763 million, up +3.4% compared to first half 2024. The cost of risk amounted to -€102 million, down -17.2% compared to the first half of 2024. As a result, net income Group share of CA Italia totalled €350 million, an increase of +5.2% compared to first half 2024.

Results for Crédit Agricole Group in Italy ⁽⁴³⁾

In the first half of 2025, the net income Group share of entities in Italy amounted to €652 million, down -1.1% compared to the first half of 2024. The breakdown by business line is as follows: Retail Banking 54%; Specialised Financial Services 14%; Asset Gathering and Insurance 19%; and Large Customers 13%. Lastly, Italy’s contribution to net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A. in first half 2025 was 15%.

International Retail Banking results – excluding Italy

In the second quarter of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €240 million, down -1.1% (+1.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the second quarter of 2024. Revenues in Poland were up +9.5% in the second quarter of 2024 (+8.3% at constant exchange rates), boosted by net interest margin and fee and commission income. Revenues in Egypt were down -9.2% (-4.8% at constant exchange rates) with a residual base effect related to the exceptional foreign exchange activity of the second quarter of 2024. The increase in fee and commission income does not offset the slight decline in net interest margin. Operating expenses for International Retail Banking excluding Italy amounted to -€123 million, up +6.0% compared to the second quarter of 2024 (+7.5% at constant exchange rates) due to the effect of employee expenses and taxes in Poland as well as employee expenses and IT expenses in Egypt. At constant exchange rates, the jaws effect was positive by +2.6 percentage points in Poland. Gross operating income amounted to €117 million, down -7.5% (-3.6% at constant exchange rates) compared to the second quarter of 2024. The cost of risk is low at -€16 million, compared with -€11 million in the second quarter of 2024. Furthermore, at end-June 2025, the coverage ratio for loan outstandings remained high in Poland and Egypt, at 124% and 135%, respectively. In Ukraine, the local coverage ratio remains prudent (558%). All in all, the contribution of International Retail Banking excluding Italy to net income Group share was €66 million, down -11.9% compared with the second quarter of 2024 (-6.5% at constant exchange rates).

In the first half of 2025, revenues for International Retail Banking excluding Italy totalled €488 million, down -7.1% (-1.1% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. Operating expenses amounted to -€254 million, up +5.9% compared to the first half of 2024 (+8.4% at constant exchange rates). The cost/income ratio stood at 52.0% at the end of June 2025, decreasing by 6.4 percentage points compared to the first half of 2024. Gross operating income amounted to €235 million, down -17.9% (-9.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. Cost of risk amounted to -€26 million, down -17.8% (-19.7% at constant exchange rates) compared to the first half of 2024. All in all, International Retail Banking excluding Italy contributed €133 million to net income Group share.

At 30 June 2025, the entire Retail Banking business line contributed 19% to the net income Group share of Crédit Agricole S.A.’s core businesses (excluding the Corporate Centre division) and 28% to revenues excluding the Corporate Centre.

At 30 June 2025, the division’s equity amounted to €9.6 billion. Its risk weighted assets totalled €100.6 billion.

Corporate Centre results

The net income Group share of the Corporate Centre was -€22 million in second quarter 2025, up +€217 million compared to second quarter 2024. The contribution of the Corporate Centre division can be analysed by distinguishing between the “structural” contribution (-€60 million) and other items (+€39 million).
The contribution of the “structural” component (-€60 million) was up by +€184 million compared with the second quarter of 2024 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution was -€287 million in the second quarter of 2025, up +€45 million.
The businesses that are not part of the business lines, such as CACIF (Private equity), CA Immobilier, CATE and BforBank (equity-accounted), and other investments. Their contribution, at +€217 million in the second quarter of 2025, was up +€140 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, including the positive impact of the Banco BPM dividend linked to an increased stake of 19.8% combined with a rise in the value of the securities (+€143 million).
Group support functions. Their contribution amounted to +€9 million this quarter (unchanged compared with the second quarter of 2024).

The contribution from “other items” amounted to +€39 million, up +€32 million compared to the second quarter of 2024, mainly due to ESTER/BOR volatility factors.

The underlying net income Group share of the Corporate Centre division in first half 2025 was -€124 million, up +€221 million compared to first half 2024. The structural component contributed -€114 million, while the division’s other items contributed -€10 million over the half-year.
The “structural” component contribution was up +€237 million compared to first half 2024 and can be broken down into three types of activity:

The activities and functions of the Corporate Centre of the Crédit Agricole S.A. Parent Company. This contribution amounted to -€601 million for first half 2025, up +€26 million compared to first half 2024;
Business lines not attached to the core businesses, such as Crédit Agricole CIF (private equity) and CA Immobilier, BforBank and other investments: their contribution, which stood at +€469 million in first half 2025, an increase compared to the first half of 2024 (+€207 million).
The Group’s support functions: their contribution for the first half of 2025 was +€18 million, up +€4 million compared to the first half of 2024.

The contribution of “other items” was down -€15 million compared to first half 2024.

At 30 June 2025, risk weighted assets stood at €38.3 billion.

Financial strength

Crédit Agricole Group has the best level of solvency among European Global Systemically Important Banks.

Capital ratios for Crédit Agricole Group are well above regulatory requirements. At 30 June 2025, the phased Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (CET1) for Crédit Agricole Group stood at 17.6%, or a substantial buffer of 7.7 percentage points above regulatory requirements. Over the quarter, the CET1 ratio remained stable, reflecting the increase in retained earnings of +31 basis points (bp), -29 bp of organic growth in the business lines, +5 bp of methodological impact and -13 bp of M&A transactions, OCI and other items.

Crédit Agricole S.A., in its capacity as the corporate centre of the Crédit Agricole Group, fully benefits from the internal legal solidarity mechanism as well as the flexibility of capital circulation within the Crédit Agricole Group. Its phased-in CET1 ratio as at 30 June 2025 stood at 11.9%, 3.2 percentage points above the regulatory requirement, -20 bp compared to the March 2025. The change over the quarter was due to the retained earnings of +28 bp, business lines’ organic growth of -23 bp, +4 bp from methodology impacts and -33 bp from M&A transactions, OCI and other⁴⁴. The proforma CET1 ratio Including M&A transactions completed after 30 June 2025 would be 11.6%.

The breakdown of the change in Crédit Agricole S.A.’s risk weighted assets by business line is the combined result of: +€3.4 billion for the Retail Banking divisions linked to changes in the business lines, -€0.3 billion for Asset Gathering, taking into account the increase in insurance dividends, +€1.7 billion for Specialised Financial Services, -€7.0 billion for Large Customers, linked to favourable methodology and FX impact and moderate business line growth, and +€3.2 billion for the Corporate Centre division, notably linked to the impact of the increase in the Banco BPM stake to 19.8%.

For the Crédit Agricole Group, the Regional Banks’ risk weighted assets increased by +€6.9 billion. The evolution of the other businesses follows the same trend as for Crédit Agricole S.A.

Crédit Agricole Group’s financial structure

	Crédit Agricole Group			Crédit Agricole S.A.
	*30/06/25*	31/03/25	Exigences 30/06/25	*30/06/25*	31/03/25	Exigences 30/06/25
Phased-in CET1 ratio⁴⁵	17.6%	17.6%	9.88%	11.9%	12.1%	8.71%
Tier1 ratio⁴⁵	18.9%	19.0%	11.72%	14.0%	14.3%	10.52%
Total capital ratio⁴⁵	21.4%	21.8%	14.17%	17.8%	18.4%	12.94%
Risk-weighted assets (€bn)	649	641		406	405
Leverage ratio	5.6%	5.6%	3.5%	3.9%	4.0%	3.0%
Leverage exposure (€bn)	2,191	2,173		1,445	1,434
TLAC ratio (% RWA)⁴⁵^,⁴⁶	27.6%	28.5%	22.4%
TLAC ratio (% LRE)⁴⁶	8.2%	8.4%	6.75%
Subordinated MREL ratio (% RWA)⁴⁵	27.6%	28.5%	21.6%
Subordinated MREL ratio (% LRE)	8.2%	8.4%	6.25%
Total MREL ratio (% RWA)⁴⁵	32.7%	34.0%	26.2%
Total MREL ratio (% LRE)	9.7%	10.0%	6.25%
Distance to the distribution restriction trigger (€bn)⁴⁷	46	46		13	14

For Crédit Agricole S.A., the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the MDA trigger⁴⁸, i.e. 318 basis points, or €13 billion of CET1 capital at 30 June 2025. Crédit Agricole S.A. is not subject to either the L-MDA (distance to leverage ratio buffer requirement) or the M-MDA (distance to MREL requirements).

For Crédit Agricole Group, the distance to the trigger for distribution restrictions is the distance to the L-MDA trigger at 30 June 2025. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 209 basis points above the L-MDA trigger, i.e. €46 billion in Tier 1 capital.

At 30 June 2025, Crédit Agricole Group’s TLAC and MREL ratios are well above requirements⁴⁹. Crédit Agricole Group posted a buffer of 530 basis points above the M-MDA trigger, i.e. €34 billion in CET1 capital. At this date, the distance to the M-MDA trigger corresponds to the distance between the TLAC ratio and the corresponding requirement. The Crédit Agricole Group’s 2025 target is to maintain a TLAC ratio greater than or equal to 26% of RWA excluding eligible senior preferred debt.

Liquidity and Funding

Liquidity is measured at Crédit Agricole Group level.

As of 31 December 2024, changes have been made to the presentation of the Group’s liquidity position (liquidity reserves and balance sheet, breakdown of long-term debt). These changes are described in the 2024 Universal Registration Document.

Diversified and granular customer deposits remain stable compared to March 2025 (€1,147 billion at end-June 2025).

The Group’s liquidity reserves, at market value and after haircuts⁵⁰, amounted to €471 billion at 30 June 2025, down -€16 billion compared to 31 March 2025.

Liquidity reserves covered more than twice the short-term debt net of treasury assets.

This change in liquidity reserves is notably explained by:

The decrease in the securities portfolio (HQLA and non-HQLA) for -€7 billion;
The decrease in collateral already pledged to Central Banks and unencumbered for -€13 billion, linked to the decline in self-securitisations for -€7 billion and the decrease in receivables eligible for central bank for -€6 billion;
The increase in central bank deposits for +€4 billion.

Crédit Agricole Group also continued its efforts to maintain immediately available reserves (after recourse to ECB financing). Central bank eligible non-HQLA assets after haircuts amounted to €131 billion.

Standing at €1,696 billion at 30 June 2025, the Group’s liquidity balance sheet shows a surplus of stable funding resources over stable application of funds of €179 billion, down -€18 billion compared with end-March 2025. This surplus remains well above the Medium-Term Plan target of €110bn-€130bn.

Long term debt was €316 billion at 30 June 2025, slightly up compared with end-March 2025. This included:

Senior secured debt of €93 billion, up +€4 billion;
Senior preferred debt of €162 billion;
Senior non-preferred debt of €38 billion, down -€2 billion due to the MREL/TLAC eligible debt;
And Tier 2 securities of €23 billion, down -€1 billion.

Credit institutions are subject to a threshold for the LCR ratio, set at 100% on 1 January 2018.

At 30 June 2025, the average LCR ratios (calculated on a rolling 12-month basis) were 137% for Crédit Agricole Group (representing a surplus of €87 billion) and 142% for Crédit Agricole S.A. (representing a surplus of €84 billion). They were higher than the Medium-Term Plan target (around 110%).

In addition, the NSFR of Crédit Agricole Group and Crédit Agricole S.A. exceeded 100%, in accordance with the regulatory requirement applicable since 28 June 2021 and above the Medium-Term Plan target (>100%).

The Group continues to follow a prudent policy as regards medium-to-long-term refinancing, with a very diversified access to markets in terms of investor base and products.

At 30 June 2025, the Group’s main issuers raised the equivalent of €21.3 billion⁵¹in medium-to-long-term debt on the market, 84% of which was issued by Crédit Agricole S.A.

In particular, the following amounts are noted for the Group excluding Crédit Agricole S.A.:

Crédit Agricole Assurances issued €750 million in RT1 perpetual NC10.75 year;
Crédit Agricole Personal Finance & Mobility issued:
- €1 billion in EMTN issuances through Crédit Agricole Auto Bank (CAAB);
- €420 million in securitisations through Agos;
Crédit Agricole Italia issued one senior secured debt issuance for a total of €1 billion;
Crédit Agricole next bank (Switzerland) issued two tranches in senior secured format for a total of 200 million Swiss francs, of which 100 million Swiss francs in Green Bond format.

At 30 June 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. raised the equivalent of €16.5 billion through the market 51^,⁵².

The bank raised the equivalent of €16.5 billion, of which €7.3 billion in senior non-preferred debt and €2.8 billion in Tier 2 debt, as well as €1.7 billion in senior preferred debt and €4.7 billion in senior secured debt at end-June. The financing comprised a variety of formats and currencies, including:

€2.75 billion 52^,⁵³ ;
5.4 billion US dollars (€5.1 billion equivalent);
1.6 billion pounds sterling (€1.9 billion equivalent);
179.3 billion Japanese yen (€1.1 billion equivalent);
0.4 billion Singapore dollars (€0.3 billion equivalent);
0.6 billion Australian dollars (€0.4 billion equivalent);
0.3 billion Swiss francs (€0.3 billion equivalent).

At end-June, Crédit Agricole S.A. had issued 77%⁵²^,⁵³ of its funding plan in currencies other than the euro.

In addition, on 13 February 2025, Crédit Agricole S.A. issued a PerpNC10 AT1 bond for €1.5 billion at an initial rate of 5.875% and announced on 30 April 2025 the regulatory call exercise for the AT1 £ with £103m outstanding (XS1055037920) – ineligible, grandfathered until 28/06/2025 – redeemed on 30/06/2025.

The 2025 MLT market funding programme was set at €20 billion, with a balanced distribution between senior preferred or senior secured debt and senior non-preferred or Tier 2 debt.

The programme was 82% completed at 30 June 2025, with:

€4.7 billion in senior secured debt;
€1.7 billion equivalent in senior preferred debt;
€7.3 billion equivalent in senior non-preferred debt;
€2.8 billion equivalent in Tier 2 debt.

Economic and financial environment

Review of the first half of 2025

An even more conflict-ridden and unpredictable environment, causing a slowdown

The first half of the year took place in an even more conflict-ridden and unpredictable environment, marked by open wars and powerful geopolitical and trade tensions. The war in Ukraine remained a major unresolved issue: President Trump’s initiatives aimed at ending the conflict proved fruitless, while signalling a strategic shift in US policy, notably away from protecting European territory. President Trump’s statements on NATO (demanding that military spending be increased to 5% of GDP) forced Europe to accelerate the overhaul of its defence strategy, as evidenced by the announcement of a white paper detailing defence support measures worth €800 billion. With the Israeli-Palestinian conflict continuing without any lasting political solution in sight, international tensions peaked in June with Israel’s attack on Iran, quickly joined by its US ally. After twelve days of clashes, a ceasefire was announced on 24 June.

Donald Trump’s return to the US presidency has obviously resulted in a protectionist offensive of unexpected violence. This offensive culminated in “Liberation Day” on 2 April, when “reciprocal” tariffs were imposed on all of the United States’ trading partners. While China was particularly targeted, the European Union was also severely affected; even the countries participating in the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA, United States, Canada, Mexico) were not spared, as they were subject to sector-specific tariffs applicable everywhere (steel, aluminium, automobiles, semiconductors). However, these announcements were followed by a presidential U-turn on 9 April, with reciprocal tariffs being lowered to 10% and a 90-day truce agreed upon to allow for the negotiation of bilateral trade agreements. At the end of this pause (9 July), the US president decided to extend it (to 1 August), offering hope to major trading partners (the European Union, Japan and South Korea) that agreements could be reached to reduce tariffs, while leaving economic players in uncertainty about international trade conditions. Only the United Kingdom, China and Vietnam have signed an agreement.

The unpredictability of US trade policy, characterised by dramatic announcements followed by partial reversals, has created ongoing uncertainty. In the first half of the year, this was reflected in mixed economic and financial performances across countries, suggesting a more pronounced global slowdown. The IMF has therefore revised its global growth forecast for 2025 downwards to 2.8% (a decrease of -0.5 percentage points (pp) compared to its January forecast and the growth observed in 2024).

The US economy has shown early signs of slowing down, hit by weaker consumer spending and, above all, a sharp rise in imports as companies seek to build up stocks ahead of the entry into force of new tariffs. GDP contracted by 0.5% in the first quarter (annualised quarter-on-quarter change). After moderating but remaining above the Federal Reserve’s (Fed) 2% target, inflation (year-on-year) stood at 2.7% in June (after 2.4% in May). Core inflation (excluding volatile components, food and energy) reached 2.9%; the increase in tariffs (although not yet finalised) already seems to be visible in the cost of certain goods (furniture, textiles and clothing, household appliances). Despite this turbulence, the job market has stayed relatively strong (unemployment rate at 4.2% in May, still within the narrow range it has been in since May 2024), providing some stability for an otherwise fragile economy.

In China, despite a very difficult external environment and punitive US tariffs, growth (5.4% and 5.2% in the first and second quarters) stabilised above the official target of 5% for 2025. While consumption is sluggish, a weakness reflected in the absence of inflation (which has not exceeded 1% year-on-year since February 2024), exports have continued to accelerate, making a surprising contribution to growth. At 2.1 percentage points in the first quarter of 2025, the contribution from net external demand reached an historic high (excluding Covid), reflecting China’s undisputed dominance in global manufacturing, although temporary positive effects (anticipation of US tariffs at the beginning of the year) should not be overlooked.

In an unfavourable environment, the eurozone held up well, with growth initially estimated at 0.3% (quarter-on-quarter) and then revised upwards (0.6%, or 1.5% year-on-year). Growth in the eurozone was mainly driven by investment, followed by net external demand and finally household consumption (with respective contributions to growth of 0.4 pp, 0.3 pp and 0.1 pp), while inventories subtracted 0.1 pp from growth and final public expenditure was “neutral”. This overall performance continued to mask varying national fortunes: among the largest member countries, Spain continued to post very strong growth (0.6%) and Germany saw an upturn (0.4%), while Italy and France posted fairly sustained (0.3%) and weak (0.1%) growth rates, respectively. Continued disinflation (to 1.9% year-on-year in May after 2.2% in April and 2.6% in May 2024) and anchored expectations made it possible for the ECB to continue its monetary easing, reassured by the convergence of inflation towards its 2% target.

In France, in particular, after benefiting from the boost provided by the Paris Olympic and Paralympic Games in the third quarter of 2024 (+0.4% quarter-on-quarter), activity declined slightly in the last quarter of last year (-0.1%) due to after-effects. It picked up again in the first quarter of 2025, but growth remained weak (+0.1%). Domestic demand, which contributed negatively to growth, is largely responsible for this sluggishness. Household consumption declined (-0.2%), undermined by a record savings rate (18% of household disposable income, compared with 15.4% in the eurozone) for 45 years (excluding the Covid period), while public consumption slowed (+0.2% after +0.4%). Investment continued to stagnate, reflecting the fact that companies in France are more indebted than in the rest of the eurozone (making them more vulnerable to past interest rate hikes) and the budgetary efforts of public administrations to reduce the public deficit. As a result, domestic demand weighed on growth in the first quarter (-0.1 pp). However, it was mainly foreign trade that undermined growth (-0.8 pp) due to the collapse of exports, particularly in the aerospace sector. Unlike its European peers, France did not benefit from the sharp rise in global trade in the first quarter (+1.7%) in anticipation of US tariffs.

In terms of monetary policy, the first half of 2025 was marked by a notable divergence between the status quo of the Federal Reserve (Fed) and the continued easing by the European Central Bank (ECB). The ECB cut interest rates four times by 25 basis points (bp) each, bringing the cumulative reduction in the deposit rate (2% since 11 June) to 200 bp since the start of easing (June 2024). However, after cutting its policy rate by 100 bp in 2024 (to 4.50%), the Fed kept rates unchanged due to overly modest progress on inflation, even though growth did not appear to be definitively at risk. Inflationary risks linked to tariffs led it to adopt a very cautious stance, which was widely criticised by President Trump.
The financial markets, while remaining subject to bouts of nervousness prompted by geopolitical events, generally kept pace with Donald Trump’s stated ambitions, their feasibility and his U-turns. Thus, the theme of the American exception at the beginning of the year (growth exceeding potential, resilience despite interest rates set to rise, the privileged status of the dollar, unlimited capacity to borrow and shift risks to the rest of the world) has been supplanted by disenchantment with US assets following “Liberation Day”. Following the president’s backtracking and announcement of a 90-day pause, serious doubts were raised about his ability to truly deliver on his domestic and international commitments. Periods marked by exaggerated negativity have therefore alternated with periods dominated by equally exaggerated positivity.

Bond markets therefore experienced mixed movements. During the first half of the year, in the United States, the decline in yields ⁽⁵⁴⁾ on short maturities was ultimately quite sharp (nearly 60 bp for the two-year swap rate to nearly 3.50%) and exceeded that of the ten-year swap rate (down 38 bp to 3.69%), giving the curve a steeper slope. Despite Moody’s rating downgrade, the yield on 10-year sovereign bonds (US Treasuries) fell in line with the swap rate for the same maturity, which it now exceeds by more than 50 bp (at 4.23%). In the eurozone, the steepening effect was less pronounced and unfolded differently: there was a less marked decline in the two-year swap rate (from 22 bp to 1.90%) and an increase in the ten-year swap rate (from 23 bp to 2.57%). Under the influence of the Merz government’s expansionary budget programme, the German 10-year yield (Bund) rose (24 bp to 2.61%) and exceeded the swap rate for the same maturity by a few basis points. Ten-year swap spreads on benchmark European sovereign bonds narrowed in the first half of the year, with Italy posting the strongest performance (spread down 27 bp to 90 bp). This improvement reflects a more favourable perception of Italy’s public finances and a degree of political stability, in contrast to the turbulence of previous years. Italian growth also showed unexpected resilience in the face of trade tensions. Penalised since the dissolution of parliament in June 2024 by a damaging lack of a parliamentary majority and severely deteriorated public finances, the French spread nevertheless narrowed during the half-year, falling from a high level (85 bp) to 71 bp. It now exceeds the Spanish spread (at 67 bp).

On the equity markets, European indexes outperformed their US counterparts, with the Euro Stoxx 50 up 10% since the start of the year (and a spectacular rise of nearly 25% for the banking sector), while the S&P 500, which was much more volatile over the period, rose by nearly 7%, buoyed by high-tech stocks. The US dollar lost some of its lustre amid economic and international policy uncertainty, with the euro appreciating by 14% against the dollar and 6% in nominal effective terms. Finally, the price of gold rose by 26% in the first half of the year, reaching a record high of US$3,426 per ounce in April, confirming its status as a preferred safe haven during this period of intense uncertainty.

2025–2026 Outlook

An anxiety-inducing context, some unprecedented resistance

The economic and financial scenario, which has already had to contend with the volatility and unpredictability of US economic policy, is unfolding against an even more uncertain international backdrop, in which the risk of disruptive events (blockade of the Strait of Hormuz, incidents affecting infrastructure in the Gulf etc.) cannot be entirely ruled out.

Our economic scenario for the United States has always been based on a two-step sequence in line with the pace of the economic policy planned by Donald Trump: a positive impact on inflation but a negative impact on growth from tariffs (which fall within the president’s prerogatives), followed by a positive but delayed effect from aggressive budgetary policy (which requires congressional approval). Although our forecasts for 2025 have been revised slightly downwards, our US scenario remains on track, in line with the timetable for economic policy measures: while avoiding recession, growth is expected to slow sharply in 2025, coupled with a pick-up in inflation, before regaining momentum in 2026.

Even with the recent de-escalation, tariff rates remain significantly higher than they were before Donald Trump’s second election. The negative impact of the new trade policy is the main driver of the decline in the growth forecast for 2025 (1.5% after 2.8% in 2024), while more favourable aspects (the “One Big Beautiful Bill”, tax cuts and deregulation) should contribute to the expected upturn in 2026 (2.2%). The possibility of a recession in 2025 has been ruled out due to solid fundamentals, including lower sensitivity to interest rates, very healthy household finances and a labour market that remains relatively robust, even if there are signs of deterioration. Despite the expected slowdown in growth, our inflation forecasts have been revised upwards. Tariffs are expected to cause year-on-year inflation to rise by around 80 basis points (bp) at peak impact. Although this effect is temporary, inflation (annual average) is expected to reach 2.9% in 2025 and 2.7% in 2026. It is therefore expected to continue to exceed 2%, with underlying inflation stabilising at around 2.5% at the end of 2026.

In a conflict-ridden and unpredictable external environment, Europe is expected to find salvation in domestic demand, allowing it to better withstand the global slowdown. Two alternative scenarios, between which the balance is delicate, are likely to unfold: a scenario of resilience in the eurozone economy based on an increase in private spending but also, and perhaps above all, in public spending on defence and infrastructure; a scenario of stagnating activity under the effect of a series of negative shocks: competitiveness shocks linked to higher tariffs, appreciation of the euro and the negative impact of uncertainty on private confidence.

We favour the scenario of resilience against a backdrop of a buoyant labour market, a healthy economic and financial situation for the private sector and a favourable credit cycle. The effective implementation of additional public spending, particularly the “German bazooka”(⁵⁵), certainly needs to be confirmed. However, this spending could provide the eurozone with growth driven by stronger domestic demand at a time when global growth is slowing. It would offer a type of exceptionalism, especially compared to the past decade, which would put eurozone growth above its medium-term potential. Average annual growth in the eurozone is expected to accelerate slightly in 2025 to 0.9% and strengthen to 1.3% in 2026. Average inflation is expected to continue to moderate, reaching 2.1% and 1.8% in 2025 and 2026, respectively.

In Germany, the sluggish economy should return to robust growth. Although more exposed than its partners to protectionist policies, the economy should be boosted by the public investment plan. This plan and the removal of barriers to financing infrastructure and defence investment that had previously seemed insurmountable give hope for a significant, albeit not immediate, recovery. While the effects are likely to be minimal in 2025 due to implementation delays, a significant flow of funds is expected in 2026, with positive spillover effects for Germany’s European neighbours and the eurozone as a whole. German growth could recover significantly, rising from -0.2% in 2024 to 0.1% in 2025 and, above all, 1.2% in 2026. In France, growth is expected to remain sluggish in the second quarter of 2025, before accelerating slightly in the second half of the year. The real upturn would not come until 2026, driven by a recovery in investment and the initial favourable impact of German government measures. The risks remain mainly on the downside for activity in the short term. Our scenario assumes growth rates of 0.6% and 1.2% in 2025 and 2026, respectively (after 1.1% in 2024). In Italy, incomplete catching-up and a recent decline in purchasing power, despite strong employment, are likely to limit the potential for a recovery in household consumption. Positive surprises on the investment front are likely to continue, thanks to improved financing conditions and subsidies for the energy and digital transitions. While the recent weakness in industrial orders may weigh on productive investment, construction is holding up well. However, doubts remain about growth potential, with post-pandemic sector allocation favouring less productive sectors. Growth is expected to reach 0.6% in 2025 and 0.7% in 2026 (after 0.7% in 2024).

The central scenario for the eurozone (developed and quantified in June) assumes that the tariff dispute with the United States will remain unchanged as of 4 June, i.e. a general increase in tariffs to 10% (except for exempted products), 25% on cars and 50% on steel. The risks associated with this central scenario are bearish. The stagnation scenario could materialise if the trade dispute with the United States were to escalate, if competitive pressures were to intensify, if private confidence were to deteriorate significantly and, finally, if fiscal stimulus were to be implemented more gradually than anticipated.

Such an uncertain environment, characterised by global slowdown and shrinking export opportunities, would certainly have led in the past (and not so long ago) to underperformance by emerging economies, which are further hampered by risk aversion in the markets, higher interest rates and pressure on their currencies. However, despite tariffs (the effects of which will obviously vary greatly from one economy to another), our scenario remains broadly optimistic for the major emerging countries. These countries could show unprecedented resilience thanks to support measures that are likely to partially cushion the impact of an unfavourable environment: relatively strong labour markets, fairly solid domestic demand, monetary easing (with a few exceptions), and a limited slowdown in China (after holding up well in the first half of the year, growth is expected to approach 4.5% in 2025 due to the anticipated slowdown in the second half linked to the trade war). Finally, emerging market currencies have held up well and the risk of defensive rate hikes, which would weigh heavily on growth, is lower than might have been feared. However, these relatively positive prospects are accompanied by higher-than-usual risks due to the unpredictability of US policy.

In terms of monetary policy, the end of the easing cycles is drawing nearer. In the US, the scenario (a sharp slowdown in 2025, an upturn in 2026 and inflation continuing to significantly exceed the target) and the uncertainties surrounding it should encourage the Fed to remain patient, despite Donald Trump’s calls for a more accommodative policy. The Fed is likely to proceed with a slight easing followed by a long pause. Our scenario still assumes two cuts in 2025, but pushes them back by one quarter (to September and December, from June and September previously). After these two cuts, the Fed is likely to keep rates unchanged with a maximum upper limit of 4% throughout 2026.

As for the ECB, although it refuses to rule out any future rate cuts, it may well have reached the end of its easing cycle due to an expected recovery in growth and inflation on target. Of course, a deterioration in the economic environment would justify further easing: the ECB stands ready to cut rates if necessary. Our scenario assumes that the deposit rate will remain at 2% in 2026.

On the interest rate front, in the United States, persistent inflationary risks and a budgetary trajectory deemed unsustainable, a compromised AAA rating, the volatility of economic decisions and heightened investor concerns are exerting upward pressure. Our scenario assumes a 10-year US Treasury yield of around 4.70% at the end of 2025 and 4.95% at the end of 2026. In the eurozone, resilient growth that is expected to accelerate, inflation on target and the ECB believed to have almost completed its easing cycle point to a slight rise in interest rates and a stabilisation or even tightening of sovereign spreads. The German 10-year yield (Bund) could thus approach 2.90% at the end of 2025 and 2.95% at the end of 2026. For the same maturity, the spread offered by France relative to the Bund would fluctuate around 60/65 bp, while Italy’s would narrow to 90 bp by the end of 2026.

Finally, the US dollar continues to lose ground. The inconsistency and unpredictability of Donald Trump’s economic policies, the deteriorating US budget outlook and speculation about official plans to devalue the dollar, combined with resistance from other economies, are all factors putting pressure on the dollar, although this does not necessarily spell the end of its status as a key reserve currency in the short term. The euro/dollar exchange rate is expected to settle at 1.17 in the fourth quarter of 2025, before depreciating in 2026 (1.10).

Appendix 1 – Crédit Agricole Group: income statement by business line

Credit Agricole Group – Results par by business line, Q2-25 and Q2-24

	Q2-25
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	3,364	976	1,031	1,967	881	2,224	(635)	9,808
Operating expenses	(2,690)	(597)	(540)	(864)	(438)	(1,257)	514	(5,872)
Gross operating income	674	380	491	1,104	442	967	(121)	3,936
Cost of risk	(397)	(95)	(61)	(7)	(235)	(20)	(26)	(840)
Equity-accounted entities	1	–	–	58	(13)	10	–	56
Net income on other assets	1	1	0	449	1	0	0	452
Income before tax	278	286	430	1,604	194	958	(147)	3,604
Tax	(96)	(69)	(130)	(249)	(58)	(149)	136	(615)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	0	–	–	–	0	0
Net income	182	218	300	1,356	136	810	(11)	2,990
Non-controlling interests	(0)	(0)	(40)	(247)	(22)	(43)	1	(352)
Net income Group Share	182	217	260	1,108	114	767	(10)	2,638

	Q2-24
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	3,255	979	1,051	1,946	889	2,223	(837)	9,507
Operating expenses	(2,560)	(591)	(573)	(813)	(443)	(1,204)	497	(5,687)
Gross operating income	694	389	477	1,133	447	1,019	(340)	3,819
Cost of risk	(444)	(95)	(75)	(2)	(211)	(39)	(6)	(872)
Equity-accounted entities	2	–	–	33	29	10	–	74
Net income on other assets	1	2	0	(12)	(1)	2	(0)	(7)
Income before tax	253	296	402	1,152	265	993	(347)	3,014
Tax	(44)	(65)	(117)	(282)	(54)	(248)	48	(762)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	209	231	285	870	210	745	(299)	2,252
Non-controlling interests	(1)	(0)	(38)	(124)	(23)	(36)	(2)	(224)
Net income Group Share	208	231	247	746	187	710	(300)	2,028

Credit Agricole Group – Results par by business line, H1-25 and H1-24

	H1-25
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	6,716	1,939	2,079	4,016	1,749	4,632	(1,275)	19,856
Operating expenses	(5,220)	(1,222)	(1,075)	(1,799)	(912)	(2,617)	982	(11,864)
Gross operating income	1,496	717	1,003	2,217	837	2,015	(293)	7,992
Cost of risk	(717)	(186)	(128)	(17)	(484)	5	(48)	(1,575)
Equity-accounted entities	7	–	–	86	23	16	–	131
Net income on other assets	3	2	0	449	1	0	0	456
Income before tax	790	533	875	2,734	376	2,036	(341)	7,004
Tax	(267)	(181)	(267)	(599)	(71)	(453)	182	(1,656)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	0	–	–	–	–	0
Net income	523	352	608	2,135	305	1,583	(159)	5,348
Non-controlling interests	(0)	(0)	(82)	(348)	(43)	(78)	7	(545)
Net income Group Share	523	352	526	1,787	263	1,504	(151)	4,803

	H1-24
€m	RB	LCL	IRB	AG	SFS	LC	CC	Total

Revenues	6,568	1,933	2,131	3,739	1,736	4,489	(1,565)	19,031
Operating expenses	(5,044)	(1,193)	(1,098)	(1,567)	(897)	(2,501)	1,024	(11,276)
Gross operating income	1,524	740	1,033	2,172	839	1,988	(541)	7,755
Cost of risk	(691)	(214)	(159)	(5)	(429)	(5)	(20)	(1,523)
Equity-accounted entities	7	–	–	61	59	14	–	142
Net income on other assets	3	4	(0)	(20)	(1)	2	(2)	(14)
Income before tax	842	530	875	2,208	468	1,999	(563)	6,361
Tax	(191)	(119)	(260)	(501)	(97)	(482)	133	(1,517)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale ope.	–	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	651	412	615	1,707	372	1,517	(430)	4,843
Non-controlling interests	(1)	(0)	(89)	(236)	(42)	(69)	6	(432)
Net income Group Share	650	412	525	1,471	330	1,448	(424)	4,412

Appendix 2 – Crédit Agricole S.A.: ‍ Income statement by business line

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results par by business line, Q2-25 and Q2-24

	Q2-25
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	1,970	2,224	881	976	1,007	(51)	7,006
Operating expenses	(864)	(1,257)	(438)	(597)	(520)	(25)	(3,700)
Gross operating income	1,106	967	442	380	487	(76)	3,306
Cost of risk	(7)	(20)	(235)	(95)	(61)	(24)	(441)
Equity-accounted entities	58	10	(13)	–	–	(24)	30
Net income on other assets	453	0	1	1	0	0	455
Income before tax	1,610	958	194	286	426	(125)	3,350
Tax	(249)	(149)	(58)	(69)	(129)	113	(541)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations	–	–	–	–	0	–	0
Net income	1,361	810	136	218	297	(12)	2,809
Non-controlling interests	(261)	(58)	(22)	(10)	(59)	(10)	(420)
Net income Group Share	1,100	752	114	208	238	(22)	2,390

	Q2-24
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	1,944	2,223	889	979	1,027	(267)	6,796
Operating expenses	(813)	(1,204)	(443)	(591)	(555)	(15)	(3,621)
Gross operating income	1,131	1,019	447	389	472	(283)	3,175
Cost of risk	(2)	(39)	(211)	(95)	(72)	(5)	(424)
Equity-accounted entities	33	10	29	–	–	(25)	47
Net income on other assets	(12)	2	(1)	2	0	24	15
Income before tax	1,150	993	265	296	400	(289)	2,814
Tax	(283)	(248)	(54)	(65)	(117)	63	(704)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	867	745	210	231	283	(226)	2,110
Non-controlling interests	(131)	(51)	(23)	(10)	(55)	(12)	(282)
Net income Group Share	736	694	187	220	228	(238)	1,828

Crédit Agricole S.A. – Results par by business line, H1-25 and H1-24

	H1-25
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	4,028	4,632	1,749	1,939	2,033	(118)	14,263
Operating expenses	(1,799)	(2,617)	(912)	(1,222)	(1,035)	(106)	(7,691)
Gross operating income	2,229	2,015	837	717	998	(224)	6,571
Cost of risk	(17)	5	(484)	(186)	(128)	(45)	(855)
Equity-accounted entities	86	16	23	–	–	(47)	77
Net income on other assets	453	0	1	2	0	0	456
Income before tax	2,749	2,037	376	533	870	(316)	6,250
Tax	(601)	(454)	(71)	(181)	(266)	205	(1,368)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations	–	–	–	–	0	–	0
Net income	2,148	1,583	305	352	604	(111)	4,882
Non-controlling interests	(368)	(108)	(43)	(16)	(121)	(13)	(669)
Net income Group Share	1,780	1,475	263	337	483	(124)	4,213

	H1-24
€m	AG	LC	SFS	FRB (LCL)	IRB	CC	Total

Revenues	3,733	4,489	1,736	1,933	2,085	(374)	13,602
Operating expenses	(1,567)	(2,501)	(897)	(1,193)	(1,060)	(71)	(7,289)
Gross operating income	2,166	1,988	839	740	1,024	(445)	6,312
Cost of risk	(5)	(5)	(429)	(214)	(154)	(16)	(824)
Equity-accounted entities	61	14	59	–	–	(46)	90
Net income on other assets	(20)	2	(1)	4	(0)	24	9
Income before tax	2,203	1,999	468	530	870	(483)	5,587
Tax	(502)	(482)	(97)	(119)	(259)	144	(1,315)
Net income from discontinued or held-for-sale operations	–	–	–	–	–	–	–
Net income	1,701	1,517	372	412	610	(339)	4,273
Non-controlling interests	(248)	(101)	(42)	(18)	(126)	(7)	(542)
Net income Group Share	1,453	1,416	330	393	485	(345)	3,731

Appendix 3 – Data per share

Credit Agricole S.A. – Earnings p/share, net book value p/share and ROTE


€m					Q2-25	Q2-24			H1-25			H1-24
Net income Group share					2,390	1,828			4,213			3,731
– Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax					(141)	(83)			(270)			(221)
– Foreign exchange impact on reimbursed AT1					4	–			4			(247)
NIGS attributable to ordinary shares		[A]			2,252	1,745			3,947			3,263
Average number shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (m)		[B]			3,025	3,025			3,025			3,008
Net earnings per share		[A]/[B]			0.74 €	0.58 €			1.30 €			1.08 €

€m									30/06/25			30/06/24
Shareholder’s equity Group share								75,528				70,396
– AT1 issuances								(8,612)				(7,164)
– Unrealised gains and losses on OCI – Group share								872				1,305
Net book value (NBV), not revaluated, attributable to ordin. sh.				[D]				67,787				64,537
– Goodwill & intangibles** – Group share								(18,969)				(17,775)
Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ordinary sh.				[E]				48,818				46,763
Total shares in issue, excluding treasury shares (period end, m)				[F]				3,025				3,025
NBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€)	[D]/[F]								22.4 €			21.3 €
TNBV per share, after deduction of dividend to pay (€)	[G]=[E]/[F]								16.1 €			15.5 €
** y compris les écarts d’acquisition dans les participations ne donnant pas le contrôle
€m									H1-25			H1-24
Net income Group share							4,213			3,731
Added value Amundi US									304			0
Additionnal corporate tax									-129			0
IFRIC									-173			-110
NIGS annualised ⁽¹⁾	[N]								8,382			7,572
Interests on AT1, including issuance costs, before tax, foreign exchange impact, annualised	[O]								-536			-689
Result adjusted			[P] = [N]+[O]					7,846			6,884
Tangible NBV (TNBV), not revaluated attrib. to ord. shares – average*** ⁽²⁾			[J]					47,211			44,710
ROTE adjusted (%)	= [P] / [J]								16.6%			15.4%
*** including assumption of dividend for the current exercise									*0,0%*

⁽¹⁾ROTE calculated on the basis of an annualised underlying net income Group share and linearised IFRIC costs over the year
⁽²⁾Average of the NTBV not revalued attributable to ordinary shares. calculated between 31/12/2024 and 30/06/2025 (line [E]), restated with an assumption of dividend for current exercises

Alternative Performance Indicators⁵⁶

NBV Net Book Value (not revalued)
The Net Book Value not revalued corresponds to the shareholders’ equity Group share from which the amount of the AT1 issues, the unrealised gains and/or losses on OCI Group share and the pay-out assumption on annual results have been deducted.

NBV per share Net Book Value per share – NTBV Net Tangible Book Value per share
One of the methods for calculating the value of a share. This represents the Net Book Value divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

Net Tangible Book Value per share represents the Net Book Value after deduction of intangible assets and goodwill, divided by the number of shares in issue at end of period, excluding treasury shares.

EPS Earnings per Share
This is the net income Group share, from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, divided by the average number of shares in issue excluding treasury shares. It indicates the portion of profit attributable to each share (not the portion of earnings paid out to each shareholder, which is the dividend). It may decrease, assuming the net income Group share remains unchanged, if the number of shares increases.

Cost/income ratio
The cost/income ratio is calculated by dividing operating expenses by revenues, indicating the proportion of revenues needed to cover operating expenses.

Cost of risk/outstandings
Calculated by dividing the cost of credit risk (over four quarters on a rolling basis) by outstandings (over an average of the past four quarters, beginning of the period). It can also be calculated by dividing the annualised cost of credit risk for the quarter by outstandings at the beginning of the quarter. Similarly, the cost of risk for the period can be annualised and divided by the average outstandings at the beginning of the period.

Since the first quarter of 2019, the outstandings taken into account are the customer outstandings, before allocations to provisions.

The calculation method for the indicator is specified each time the indicator is used.

Doubtful loan
A doubtful loan is a loan in default. The debtor is considered to be in default when at least one of the following two conditions has been met:

a payment generally more than 90 days past due, unless specific circumstances point to the fact that the delay is due to reasons independent of the debtor’s financial situation.
the entity believes that the debtor is unlikely to settle its credit obligations unless it avails itself of certain measures such as enforcement of collateral security right.

Impaired loan
Loan which has been provisioned due to a risk of non-repayment.

Impaired (or non-performing) loan coverage ratio
This ratio divides the outstanding provisions by the impaired gross customer loans.

Impaired (or non-performing) loan ratio
This ratio divides the impaired gross customer loans on an individual basis, before provisions, by the total gross customer loans.

Net income Group share
Net income/(loss) for the financial year (after corporate income tax). Equal to net income Group share, less the share attributable to non-controlling interests in fully consolidated subsidiaries.

Net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares
The net income Group share attributable to ordinary shares represents the net income Group share from which the AT1 coupon has been deducted, including issuance costs before tax.

RoTE Return on Tangible Equity
The RoTE (Return on Tangible Equity) measures the return on tangible capital by dividing the Net income Group share annualised by the Group’s NBV net of intangibles and goodwill. The annualised Net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the Net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) excluding impairments of intangible assets and restating each period of the IFRIC impacts in order to linearise them over the year.

Disclaimer

The financial information on Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole Group for second quarter and first half 2025 comprises this presentation and the attached appendices and press release which are available on the website: https://www.credit-agricole.com/finance/publications-financieres.

This presentation may include prospective information on the Group, supplied as information on trends. This data does not represent forecasts within the meaning of EU Delegated Act 2019/980 of 14 March 2019 (Chapter 1, article 1, d).

This information was developed from scenarios based on a number of economic assumptions for a given competitive and regulatory environment. Therefore, these assumptions are by nature subject to random factors that could cause actual results to differ from projections. Likewise, the financial statements are based on estimates, particularly in calculating market value and asset impairment.

Readers must take all these risk factors and uncertainties into consideration before making their own judgement.

Applicable standards and comparability

The figures presented for the six-month period ending 30 June 2025 have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted in the European Union and applicable at that date, and with the applicable regulations in force. This financial information does not constitute a set of financial statements for an interim period as defined by IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting” and has not been audited.

Note: The scopes of consolidation of the Crédit Agricole S.A. and Crédit Agricole groups have not changed materially since the Crédit Agricole S.A. 2024 Universal Registration Document and its A.01 update (including all regulatory information about the Crédit Agricole Group) were filed with the AMF (the French Financial Markets Authority).

The sum of values contained in the tables and analyses may differ slightly from the total reported due to rounding.

Financial Agenda

30 October 2025                Publication of the 2025 third quarter and first nine months results
18 November 2025        Presentation of the Medium-Term Plan
4 February 2026                Publication of the 2025 fourth quarter and full year results
30 April 2026                Publication of the 2026 first quarter results
20 May 2026                2026 General Meeting
31 July 2026                Publication of the 2026 second quarter and the first half-year results
30 October 2026                Publication of the 2026 third quarter and first nine months results

Contacts

CREDIT AGRICOLE PRESS CONTACTS

CRÉDIT AGRICOLE S.A. INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACTS

Institutional investors		investor.relations@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Individual shareholders	+ 33 800 000 777 (freephone number – France only)	relation@actionnaires.credit-agricole.com

Cécile Mouton	+ 33 1 57 72 86 79	cecile.mouton@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Equity investor relations:
Jean-Yann Asseraf Fethi Azzoug	+ 33 1 57 72 23 81 + 33 1 57 72 03 75	jean-yann.asseraf@credit-agricole-sa.fr fethi.azzoug@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Oriane Cante	+ 33 1 43 23 03 07	oriane.cante@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Nicolas Ianna	+ 33 1 43 23 55 51	nicolas.ianna@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Leila Mamou	+ 33 1 57 72 07 93	leila.mamou@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Anna Pigoulevski	+ 33 1 43 23 40 59	anna.pigoulevski@credit-agricole-sa.fr


Debt investor and rating agency relations:
Gwenaëlle Lereste	+ 33 1 57 72 57 84	gwenaelle.lereste@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Florence Quintin de Kercadio	+ 33 1 43 23 25 32	florence.quintindekercadio@credit-agricole-sa.fr
Yury Romanov	+ 33 1 43 23 86 84	yury.romanov@credit-agricole-sa.fr

See all our press releases at: www.credit-agricole.com – www.creditagricole.info

1 Closing at 4^thof July
⁽2⁾Car, home, health, legal, all mobile phones or personal accident insurance.
⁽3⁾CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and automotive activities of other entities
⁽4⁾Low-carbon energy exposures made up of renewable energy produced by the clients of all Crédit Agricole Group entities, including nuclear energy exposures for Crédit Agricole CIB.
⁽5⁾CAA outstandings (listed investments managed directly, listed investments managed under mandate and unlisted investments managed directly) and Amundi Transition Energétique.
⁽6⁾Crédit Agricole Group outstandings, directly or via the EIB, dedicated to the environmental transition according to the Group’s internal sustainable assets framework, as of 31/03/2025. Change of method on property compared with the outstandings reported at 30/09/2024: with the same method, the outstandings at 31/03/2025 would be €85.9 billion.
⁽7⁾The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
⁽8⁾The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
⁽9⁾Average rate of loans to monthly production for April to May 2025
⁽10⁾Equipment rate – Home-Car-Health policies, Legal, All Mobile/Portable or personal accident insurance
⁽11⁾Reversal of the provision for Home Purchase Saving Plans: +€16.3m in Q2-25 vs. +€22m in Q2-24 in revenues (+€12.1m in Q2-25 vs. +€17m in Q2-24 in net income Group share)

⁽12⁾Provisioning rate calculated with outstandings in Stage 3 as denominator, and the sum of the provisions recorded in Stages 1, 2 and 3 as numerator.
⁽13⁾The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on a four-quarter rolling basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the past four quarters divided by the average outstandings at the start of each of the four quarters
⁽14⁾The cost of risk/outstandings (in basis points) on an annualised basis is calculated on the cost of risk of the quarter multiplied by four and divided by the outstandings at the start of the quarter
⁽15⁾See Appendixes for details on the calculation of the RoTE (return on tangible equity)
⁽16⁾The annualised net income Group share corresponds to the annualisation of the net income Group share (Q1x4; H1x2; 9Mx4/3) by restating each period for IFRIC impacts, the effects of the additional corporate tax charge and the capital gain related to the deconsolidation of Amundi US to linearise them over the year.
⁽17⁾In local standards
⁽18⁾Scope: property and casualty in France and abroad
⁽19⁾Combined property & casualty ratio in France (Pacifica) including discounting and excluding undiscounting, net of reinsurance: (claims + operating expenses + fee and commission income)/gross premiums earned. Undiscounted ratio: 97.4% (+0.1 pp over the year)
⁽20⁾Excluding assets under custody for institutional clients
⁽21⁾Amount of allocation of Contractual Service Margin (CSM), loss component and Risk Adjustment (RA), and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular
⁽22⁾Amount of allocation of CSM, loss component and RA, and operating variances net of reinsurance, in particular.
⁽23⁾Net of reinsurance cost, including financial results
⁽24⁾Pro forma scope effect of deconsolidated Amundi US in Q2 2024: €89m in revenues and €51m in expenses.
⁽25⁾Excluding scope effect
⁽26⁾Indosuez Wealth Management scope
⁽27⁾Degroof Petercam scope effect April/May 2025: Revenues of €96m and expenses of -€71m
⁽28⁾Q2-25 Integration costs: -€22.5m vs -€5.4m in Q2-24
⁽29⁾Degroof Petercam scope effect over H1-25: reminder of figures for Degroof Petercam scope effect of Q1-25 revenues of €164m and expenses of -€115m
⁽30⁾Refinitiv LSEG
⁽31⁾Bloomberg in EUR
⁽32⁾ISB integration costs: -€5m in Q2-25 (vs -€24.4m in Q2-24)
⁽33⁾Net income becomes net income Group share following the purchase of minority shares in Santander by Crédit Agricole S.A.
⁽34⁾CA Auto Bank, automotive JVs and auto activities of other entities
⁽35⁾CA Auto Bank and automotive JVs
⁽36⁾Lease financing of corporate and professional equipment investments in France: -7.5% in Q1-25 (source: ASF)
⁽37⁾Increase in RWA of around +€7G primarily connected to the consolidation of the leasing activities in Q4-24
⁽38⁾Cost of risk for the last four quarters as a proportion of the average outstandings at the beginning of the period for the last four quarters.
⁽39⁾Net of POCI outstandings
⁽40⁾Source: Abi Monthly Outlook, July 2025: +0.9% June/June for all loans
⁽41⁾At 30 June 2025 this scope includes the entities CA Italia, CA Polska, CA Egypt and CA Ukraine.

(42) Over a rolling four quarter period.
⁽43⁾At 30 June 2025, this scope corresponds to the aggregation of all Group entities present in Italy: CA Italia, CAPFM (Agos, Leasys, CA Auto Bank), CAA (CA Vita, CACI, CA Assicurazioni), Amundi, Crédit Agricole CIB, CAIWM, CACEIS, CALEF.
⁽44⁾Banco BPM stake -21 bps; Stake in Victory Capital: – 8 bps or –1 bp including capital gain from the deconsolidation of Amundi US; Additional threshold excess for other financial participations: -7 bps.

⁽48⁾
⁽49⁾

⁽54⁾This refers to the change between the value at 30 June 2025 and the value at 1 (or 2) January 2025; the latter is the value of the variable concerned at 30 June 2025.
⁽55⁾In March, Parliament approved the creation of a €500 billion infrastructure investment fund over 12 years. The first phase of the reform of the debt brake was also approved, allowing regions to run a structural deficit of up to 0.35% of GDP. Finally, defence spending above 1% of GDP will be exempt from the deficit calculation. The adoption of these measures has broken down barriers to financing infrastructure and defence investment that had previously seemed insurmountable.
⁽56⁾APMs are financial indicators not presented in the financial statements or defined in accounting standards but used in the context of financial communications, such as net income Group share or RoTE. They are used to facilitate the understanding of the company’s actual performance. Each APM indicator is matched in its definition to accounting data.

Attachment

CASA_PR_2025-Q2

The MIL Network –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: Remarks at press conference on “Report on Hong Kong’s Business Environment: Unique Strengths under ‘One Country, Two Systems’” (with photos/video)

Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region – 4

The Financial Secretary, Mr Paul Chan; the Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development, Mr Algernon Yau; and the Acting Government Economist, Dr Cecilia Lam, held a press conference on the “Report on Hong Kong’s Business Environment: Unique Strengths under ‘One Country, Two Systems’” this afternoon (July 30). Following are their remarks:

Reporter: I have some questions. First of all, this report seems that it is a wrapping up of all the measures over the past few years. So, what is the significance of this report to Hong Kong’s future development? Also, amid the rising challenges such as the tariff increases, how are you going to convince foreign chambers or investors to invest in Hong Kong? The last question is about the reports of the developer of 11 Skies of the Airport City project, with some reports saying that the developer has intended to sell this mega project, because of lack of tenants and also lacklustre prospects. So what is your take on the proposal of selling 11 Skies to other parties? Thank you.

Financial Secretary: Thank you. First, the significance of this report. Over the past few years, because of COVID, a lot of overseas visitors didn’t have the opportunity to visit Hong Kong. Given the geopolitical landscape, there has been some misperception about the situation of Hong Kong in the western world. . We are trying very hard to reach out to the international community, to explain to them what is really happening here in Hong Kong by sharing facts and data. The purpose of this report is to recap our developments in a concise report for distribution to them, and this report will be made available online, accessible to anyone who is interested.

     On the question of tariffs, on the question of the China-US geopolitical tension, of course, there are challenges, for example, in terms of exports, but there are also opportunities in respect of the international financial centre status of Hong Kong. For challenges on export, the direct impact is minimal because Hong Kong is basically a service economy; we don’t have much manufacturing. On the other hand, the indirect impact could be significant, because we re-export for the Mainland. But over the years, we have seen a number of trends. One of them is Mainland companies realigning their industry bases and supply chains across Southeast Asia. For exports to certain markets, such as the US, a lot of the exports come from those regions. When you look at the figures – the export figures from the Mainland to the US, or from the Mainland via Hong Kong to the US – the share of US in Mainland’s total export has been declining.

     From our standpoint, we are adjusting our position. In addition to doing re-export, we have shifted to provide high-value supply chain management and the related trade finance and professional services. That is our response. For opportunities, I think we should not underestimate them. Given the geopolitical landscape, it is increasingly difficult for Mainland companies to go to the US for listing. These companies, would naturally want to come to Hong Kong for listing, because by coming to Hong Kong, they can access both international and Mainland capital. This is a very interesting value proposition to them, and has been demonstrated by the figures so far this year. In fact, we have over 200 companies in the pipeline waiting for listing. But the opportunities are more than the IPO market. Say in asset and wealth management, residents in the GBA (Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area) are interested in having certain assets allocated offshore. Naturally, Hong Kong is the destination. The recent improvement in February last year to the GBA Wealth Management Connect – with the implementation of those measures, we have seen significant inflow of capital from the GBA into Hong Kong. In addition, we also have observed capital flow from the Middle East and ASEAN in the asset and wealth management sector. We are quite confident that, by the year 2027 and 2028 the latest – we will overtake Switzerland in cross-border wealth management.

     Another dimension is Hong Kong’s role as a “super connector” and “super value-adder” under the current geopolitical situation. We have observed Mainland companies’ keen interest to go global. First, this is national policy, i.e. high-level two-way opening up. Second, there is also a need, because these companies want to utilise the production capacity they have and do more exports. What we have been pitching to them is that the best way to do it is to come to Hong Kong, set up a company, use Hong Kong as a platform as well as a brand to go overseas. In our experience in engaging the Middle East and ASEAN, the value of the “Hong Kong brand” is very much respected. This is one way in which we can help them. In the process, Our professional services and other service providers will benefit.

     Finally, on 11 Skies, I won’t comment on individual projects. But overall, the attitude of the Government is that, given the economic transition, and given the challenges currently in the non-domestic property market, banks should be supportive to their clients and help them ride through challenges. In the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, HKMA, a working group has been set up between the Hong Kong Association of Banks and the HKMA. This working group deals with individual cases with a view to helping the communication between the banks and borrowers, so that the lenders can extend a more accommodative and facilitative approach to help borrowers who have a viable business model and have a genuine interest in carrying on their business, but are just facing a liquidity crunch. That is the overall attitude of the Government. Thank you.

Reporter: Hi Mr Chan. So, I just want to follow up on the previous question first. So what’s the significance of issuing the report now, like after the previous issuance of four years ago? Like, why does the Government choose to issue the new report at present? And also, you mentioned a lot of positive signs in the markets, like the stock markets booming, and Hong Kong also saw a record capital inflows in the first half of the year. So why does the Government still remain quite conservative over an uptick of the annual GDP (Gross Domestic Product) growth target for the whole year? And also, how do you see the sustainability of such momentum moving forward? And second question I also want to ask about four sectors that are facing structural changes, like you mentioned, to the retail and catering. Do you see the need to further enhance the support measures besides helping them achieve digital transformation? And finally, about the tariff truce, so the Chinese and US (United States) officials just reached agreements to extend their tariff suspension. So how do you assess the impacts on local business, and would the Government take any steps to help, perhaps exports or local businesses to take this opportunity? Thank you.

Financial Secretary: Thank you. Well, the last report was published in 2021. Over the past few years, because of COVID, a lot of overseas travellers hadn’t come to Hong Kong. Given the geopolitical landscape, the perception about Hong Kong in the Western world is not entirely factual and correct. There are some misconceptions. So the purpose of this report is to show to them the current situation in Hong Kong, so that they will be able to better understand what is happening in this city. If they are interested, they are welcome to visit us to see for themselves what it is really like here and the tremendous opportunities available.

     As regards the question about the GDP estimate for the whole year, the GDP growth for the first half of this year has been positive. For the first quarter, the growth was 3.1 per cent; for the second quarter, we have maintained the momentum. But given the geopolitical landscape, there are enormous uncertainty and volatility. At this stage, we think it would be prudent to keep the current GDP estimate. There is in fact a mechanism, a defined timetable for reviewing the GDP estimate regularly. On a published timeline, the Government Economist will share with the community the economic situation, and determine at that time whether to make any revision. It’s better to follow that established practice as it provides certainty to the market.

     As to supporting the retail and catering sector, we will keep an open mind. I have elaborated on the situation and how we have been trying to help, but we will continue to closely monitor the situation and if necessary, roll out measures. At this stage, we think the current support measures should stay. Let us observe for a longer time. We have been providing various support measures such as the BUD Fund (Dedicated Fund on Branding, Upgrading and Domestic Sales) for marketing development and e-commerce. Algernon would share more about that.

Before passing to Algernon, I would say the recent discussions leading to the temporary suspension of tariff rise is, of course, a positive sign. But on the other hand, we are conscious of the fact that things can change overnight. There is still tremendous uncertainty, and consequently, volatility. So for our work, first, we need to ensure financial stability and financial security. On the other hand, stay on course, focus on what we have set out to do, and be persistent with our efforts. That includes reinforcing our relationship with traditional markets like Europe and the US, and at the same time, opening up new markets and new capital sources from the Middle East and Southeast Asia. Thank you, Algernon please.

Secretary for Commerce and Economic Development: Regarding the challenges facing the retail and food and beverage sectors, we have different measures and funding helping the retail sector, such as the BUD Fund. We are also encouraging the sectors to look for changes and transformation, and e-commerce is one of the measures that we promote. Just today, we are going to launch the Hong Kong Shopping Festival for cross-border e-commerce to allow the retail sector to do more e-commerce business. For the maximum cumulative funding of $7 million per enterprise under the BUD Fund, they can apply for $1 million for e-commerce business to arrange for promotion and advertising for e-commerce business across the border.

There are also measures to encourage tourists to come to Hong Kong. Actually, the number of tourists coming to Hong Kong is increasing. It is a positive sign that would help the retail sector. But most importantly, as mentioned by the Financial Secretary, it is time for transformation. We have to look at customer behaviour and their needs, and how we can satisfy customer demand. It is one of the major issues that we have to jointly resolve with enterprises. I have met with different chambers and associations of the retail sector. We had very good discussions on helping them to tackle the challenging situation. As mentioned by the Financial Secretary, we will keep an open mind to look at the situation and to see whether there is a need to introduce further measures to help the retail and food and beverage sectors. Thank you.

Financial Secretary: We should be very confident in Hong Kong’s attractiveness as a hub for foreign businesses and talent. Over the past few years, I’ve been travelling a lot and also heavily engaged with the foreign business community in Hong Kong. I can summarise three key reasons why people should choose Hong Kong. First is, of course, for business reasons. Hong Kong has the proximity and sometimes priority access to the Mainland market. Depending on which sector you are in – if you are in the tech sector, say in the biotech sector, Hong Kong has an additional advantage because of our proximity to Shenzhen, and we are part of the GBA (Guangdong-Hong Kong-Macao Greater Bay Area) which is a technology hub. The Shenzhen-Hong Kong-Guangzhou cluster is very competitive in innovation.

    Apart from that, it is the capital market and the full range of funding options available here. For companies at different development stages, whether they are start-ups or others, we welcome them. In Hong Kong, we have around 4,700 start-ups, and the number represents a significant increase compared to that a few years ago. About 20 per cent of their founders come from overseas, and they come here for funding, professional advice, mentoring, and opportunities. In my discussions with the start-ups in Hong Kong Science Park and Cyberport, they value these as well as the innovation ecosystem very much. For start-ups, what they need are application scenarios, professional advice and funding support, and they are all available here. In Hong Kong, we have set up the Hong Kong Investment Corporation Limited, which provides patient capital. This means that if enterprises are engaged in cutting-edge technologies, we are willing to support them from small, and help them grow and connect them with fund managers to raise funds.

The second reason is for their families and children. It is well recognised Hong Kong’s law and order is excellent. We are a very safe city. Education here is also outstanding. Moreover, this is an open and multicultural society, and it is very free. We have gathered a lot of overseas professionals and foreign businessmen here.

Finally, it is about our lifestyle. Whether it is city life, F&B (food and beverage) or our countryside. So with all these, I think if we play our cards right, Hong Kong’s opportunities in the future are tremendous. Thank you for attending this conference. I appreciate your time. Thank you.

(Please also refer to the Chinese portion of the remarks.)



MIL OSI Asia Pacific News –

July 31, 2025
MIL-OSI Europe: Written question – Single rail booking tool – E-003070/2025
Source: European Parliament
Question for written answer E-003070/2025
to the Commission
Rule 144
Günther Sidl (S&D)

In the hearing of 4 November 2024, the Commissioner for Sustainable Transport and Tourism, Apostolos Tzitzikostas, announced that a single EU-wide rail booking tool would be developed as early as 2025.

1.Can the envisioned timeline be met, that is to say, will the Commission present such an EU-wide booking tool before the end of 2025?

2.When will rail travellers in Europe be able to access this tool?

3.Will the tool be compatible with the Open Sales and Distribution Model tool currently under development, by means of which the Austrian, German and Swiss national railway companies (ÖBB, DB and SBB respectively) are currently working on harmonisation?[1]

Submitted: 24.7.2025

[1] https://www.derstandard.at/story/3000000243574/eu-startet-neuen-anlauf-fuer-einheitliche-bahntickets-in-europa
Last updated: 30 July 2025
MIL OSI Europe News –
July 31, 2025
MIL-OSI USA: Casten, 92 House Democrats Demand Oversight Into Humanitarian Efforts in Gaza Amid Starvation Crisis
Source: United States House of Representatives – Representative Sean Casten (IL-06)

July 30, 2025

Washington, D.C. — U.S. Congressman Sean Casten (IL-06) led 92 House Democrats in a letter to Secretary of State Marco Rubio demanding an investigation into the ownership structure and operation of the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private, unqualified U.S.-linked aid organization at the center of the worsening starvation and humanitarian crisis in Gaza.

A copy of the letter can be found here.

GHF is a U.S.-linked aid organization with no prior experience in humanitarian aid and operates under opaque funding arrangements. GHF received a $30 million grant from the State Department, despite significant internal objections from USAID officials that the group’s funding plan failed to meet the “minimum technical or budgetary standards.” In their letter, the lawmakers criticize the organization’s lack of qualifications, noting that neither of the private firms contracted by GHF to manage distribution sites in Gaza has prior experience in humanitarian work, nor does GHF Executive Chairman Johnnie Moore, who is a close ally of President Donald Trump.

“We have serious concerns with the operations of GHF, a newly established, private, U.S.-linked organization with no prior humanitarian experience, and the possibility that it could become the sole or primary aid provider in Gaza,” the lawmakers wrote. “…Providing secure and efficient humanitarian assistance to Palestinians is not only a moral obligation—it is also vital to Israel’s long-term security and the safe return of Israeli hostages. Enhancing aid operations is essential to stabilizing the region and achieving lasting peace.”

In July 2025, the Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, a panel developed by the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization, issued a report warning that “the worst-case scenario of Famine is currently playing out in the Gaza Strip.” Netanyahu’s blockade and GHF’s dangerously mismanaged aid sites are directly contributing to the starvation crisis.

The lawmakers also expressed concern regarding disturbing violence at GHF distribution sites, where flawed distribution methods have caused mass panic and mass casualties.

GHF operates only four aid distribution sites in Gaza using a reckless first-come, first-served model that has resulted in deadly chaos. At least 1,000 Palestinians have reportedly been killed while attempting to access aid near GHF sites, with reports describing Israeli soldiers and U.S. contractors opening fire on desperate civilians. One former contractor said he was instructed to “shoot to kill and ask questions later.”

“Instead of using traditional aid distribution methods, based on internationally agreed-upon humanitarian principles, GHF provides food on a first-come, first-served basis,” the lawmakers continued. “As a result, when centers open, large crowds of Palestinians rush to the centers. In these situations, there appear to be few restrictions on the use of lethal force by Israeli soldiers and American contractors in the vicinity.”

In addition to Rep. Casten, the letter was signed by Amo, Gabe; Ansari, Yassamin; Balint, Becca; Barragán, Nanette; Bera, Ami; Bonamici, Suzanne; Brownley, Julia; Brown, Shontel; Carbajal, Salud; Carson, André; Carter, Troy; Castro, Joaquin; Chu, Judy; Cleaver, Emanuel; Cohen, Steve; Courtney, Joe; Craig, Angie; Crow, Jason; Davis, Danny; Dean, Madeleine; DeGette, Diana; DeLauro, Rosa; Deluzio, Christopher; DeSaulnier, Mark; Dexter, Maxine; Dingell, Debbie; Doggett, Lloyd; Escobar, Veronica; Fields, Cleo; Foster, Bill; Foushee, Valerie; Frost, Maxwell; Garcia, Robert; Garcia, Sylvia; Green, Al; Harder, Josh; Hayes, Jahana; Houlahan, Chrissy; Hoyle, Val; Huffman, Jared; Jackson, Jonathan; Jacobs, Sara; Johnson, Henry; Kaptur, Marcy; Keating, William; Kelly, Robin; Khanna, Ro; Larsen, Rick; Larson, John; Leger Fernandez, Teresa; Lofgren, Zoe; Lynch, Stephen; Magaziner, Seth; Matsui, Doris; McBride, Sarah; McClellan, Jennifer; McCollum, Betty; McGovern, James; Moore, Gwen; Mullin, Kevin; Nadler, Jerrold; Norton, Eleanor; Ocasio-Cortez, Alexandria; Panetta, Jimmy; Pappas, Chris; Pelosi, Nancy; Pettersen, Brittany; Pingree, Chellie; Pocan, Mark; Pressley, Ayanna; Quigley, Mike; Randall, Emily; Ruiz, Raul; Salinas, Andrea; Schakowsky, Janice; Schrier, Kim; Scott, Robert; Smith, Adam; Sorensen, Eric; Stansbury, Melanie; Swalwell, Eric; Takano, Mark; Thompson, Bennie; Thompson, Mike; Tokuda, Jill; Tonko, Paul; Trahan, Lori; Underwood, Lauren; Vasquez, Gabe; Velázquez, Nydia; Watson Coleman, Bonnie; and Williams, Nikema.

A copy of the letter can be found here. Text of the letter can be found below.

Dear Secretary Rubio:

As supporters of a strong U.S.-Israel relationship and advocates for humanitarian assistance to the people of Gaza, we write to seek clarity on the ownership structure and operation of the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF).

More than two million people in Gaza currently face “critical levels” of hunger. We welcome efforts to facilitate the entry of humanitarian aid and share the objective of ensuring that Hamas does not divert such aid. However, we have serious concerns with the operations of GHF, a newly established, private, U.S.-linked organization with no prior humanitarian experience, and the possibility that it could become the sole or primary aid provider in Gaza. We agree that delivering aid promptly and securely is crucial. However, GHF’s practices and finances require increased transparency and oversight to ensure aid reaches the intended beneficiaries effectively, safely, and in accordance with international standards.

On June 24, 2025, the Department of State (DOS) approved a $30 million grant for GHF. Jeremy Lewin, a current DOS official and former Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) employee, reportedly moved forward with the grant’s approval despite 58 internal objections that U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) staff experts wanted GHF to resolve before approving funding, and an assessment in a memorandum from an acting USAID official that GHF’s funding plan failed to meet required “minimum technical or budgetary standards.” As lawmakers entrusted with the authority to appropriate taxpayer funds, which were undoubtedly used for GHF’s grant, we find this troubling.

Moreover, GHF has not published a complete list of its sponsors. Registered in Delaware in February 2025, GHF also established an office in Geneva, Switzerland (which the Swiss government has since announced is to be dissolved) with the explicit intent of accommodating donors that “prefer to participate outside of the U.S. structure.” The foundation has publicly stated that it has received at least $119 million from “other government donors.” Furthermore, despite its public denial, the Israeli government has reportedly covertly contributed approximately $280 million USD to the new aid mechanism run by GHF. Full disclosure of GHF’s funding sources is imperative.

GHF runs four aid distribution sites in Gaza. It contracts two American private firms, Safe Reach Solutions (SRS) and UG Solutions (UGS), to provide security and logistics, with some pricing models reportedly provided by Boston Consulting Group consultants, who reportedly regularly met with Israeli officials in connection with the consultants’ role in helping develop ideas for GHF’s operations. None of the groups have prior humanitarian experience, nor does GHFExecutive Chairman Johnnie Moore, a close ally of President Trump. As a result, these distribution centers appear to operate at a reduced capacity at an exorbitant cost, significantly exceeding the current operating costs of experienced humanitarian organizations.

We are further alarmed at the widespread violence at GHF distribution centers. As of July 23, 2025, there have reportedly been at least 1,000 people killed while trying to access critical aid near GHF sites. Instead of using traditional aid distribution methods, based on internationally agreed-upon humanitarian principles, GHF provides food on a first-come, first-served basis. As a result, when centers open, large crowds of Palestinians rush to the centers. In these situations, there appear to be few restrictions on the use of lethal force by Israeli soldiers and American contractors in the vicinity. A former security contractor stated that he was instructed, “if you feel threatened, shoot – shoot to kill and ask questions later.” GHF centers offer desperately needed lifelines to those who receive aid without experiencing violence. However, the risk of violence, long wait times, and limited aid availability appear to force hundreds of thousands to choose between risking their lives or going without food.

The operations of the GHF sites are widely criticized by experienced humanitarian organizations as being inefficient and dangerous, and violating internationally agreed-upon humanitarian principles. Notably, GHF’s inaugural Executive Director and former Marine, Jake Wood, resigned from the organization, citing that the organization no longer aligned with “humanitarian principles.”

Providing secure and efficient humanitarian assistance to Palestinians is not only a moral obligation—it is also vital to Israel’s long-term security and the safe return of Israeli hostages. Enhancing aid operations is essential to stabilizing the region and achieving lasting peace. To address our concerns, we respectfully request responses to the following questions no later than August 14th, 2025:
1. From which congressionally appropriated account does DOS’s $30 million grant for the GHF originate?
2. What specific oversight mechanisms are in place to ensure that the GHF operates in accordance with U.S. and international humanitarian law and humanitarian principles of neutrality and impartiality?
3. The DOS reportedly stated that GHF is subject to “rigorous oversight, including of GHF’s operations and finances.”
  1. What is DOS’s role in monitoring the daily operations and financial practices of GHF, and what is the reporting mechanism?
  2. Are the GHF and the private security contractors that it partners with to distribute assistance in compliance with U.S. standards (legal, regulatory, technical, budgetary, or otherwise) for humanitarian organizations?
4. The $30 million grant to GHF was approved despite 58 internal objections that USAID staff experts wanted GHF to resolve before approving funding, and an assessment in a memorandum from an acting USAID official that GHF’s funding plan failed to meet required ‘minimum technical or budgetary standards.’ What were the details of their objections or concerns, and why were they overridden?
5. What makes GHF more qualified than other humanitarian organizations with years of experience and the operational expertise needed to handle such a complex situation?
  1. What makes the newly appointed Executive Chairman, Rev. Johnnie Moore Jr., a man with no prior humanitarian experience, but a close relationship with President Trump, the right person to lead GHF?
6. What steps is the U.S. government taking to address concerns about militarization at GHF’s aid sites, particularly regarding the involvement of U.S. private contractors and Israeli security forces?
7. Is there a formal agreement or memo of understanding between the U.S. and GHF that outlines the foundation’s operational guidelines, transparency, and accountability measures? If so, please provide a copy or summary of these terms.
8. Was the DOS involved in the decision-making processes that led to the establishment of only four aid distribution centers in Gaza to date? If so, please provide details of that communication.
9. GHF refuses to publish its sources of funding, including the $119 million it received from “other government donors.” What is the complete and most current list of GHF’s donors?
10. What are the details of the contracts between GHF, its contractors, Safe Reach Solutions (SRS), UGSolutions (UGS), and its aid providers?
  1. What does GHF pay per diem for security and logistics to SRS and UGS?
  2. Where does GHF source its aid packages from? How much does it pay for them?
11. Has the U.S. conducted any oversight or reviews of GHF’s operations in light of recent criticisms related to overcrowding, militarization, and security concerns? If so, what were the findings?
12. The Trump Administration is reportedly considering an additional $500 million grant to GHF using USAID funds. According to U.S. law, all NGO recipients of USAID grants are subject to a responsibility determination that certifies the NGO’s “necessary management competence…and that the applicant will practice mutually agreed upon methods of accountability for funds and other assets provided by USAID.”
  1. Will this funding be approved?
  2. If so, what account will this funding come from?
13. What steps will be taken to conduct the required “responsibility determination” certifying GHF’s competence and accountability?
14. What specific benefits has GHF’s aid distribution model or operations provided for U.S. and Israeli interests that the U.S. government assesses may justify some of the apparent drawbacks of the GHF model and operations?
15. Looking ahead, what information can the Administration share about the likely roles and potential roles of GHF and other humanitarian assistance providers in Gaza, respectively, under various scenarios (ceasefire, intensified conflict, post-conflict transition)?
  1. What are the sources of this information?
  2. What factors will the Administration use to determine whether and how to provide U.S. support to GHF and/or other providers, while actively monitoring their compliance with applicable legal and other standards?
16. How, if at all, will GHF coordinate with other humanitarian organizations already working in Gaza? Will GHF work within the already established coordinating mechanisms, and if so, how does it plan to do so?
Thank you for your attention to this critical matter.

Sincerely,

###

MIL OSI USA News –
July 31, 2025
MIL-OSI China: Sunderland sign midfielder Xhaka from Leverkusen

Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

Sunderland continues to prepare for its return to the Premier League with the signing of Switzerland international midfielder Granit Xhaka from Bayer Leverkusen.

Chelsea’s Jorginho (R) is challenged by Arsenal’s Granit Xhaka during the 23th round English Premier League match between Arsenal and Chelsea at the Emirates Stadium in London, Britain on Jan. 19, 2019. Arsenal won 2-0. (Xinhua/Matthew Impey)

The 32-year-old won the Bundesliga and German Cup double with Leverkusen in 2024 and previously spent seven years at Arsenal. Xhaka joins for a fee thought to be around 13 million pounds and has agreed a three-year deal at the Stadium of Light.

The midfielder will bring a wealth of experience to Sunderland as the club looks to avoid instant relegation back to the Championship.

“I’m very proud to be here. When I spoke to the club, I was excited, and I felt the energy, and the mentality all the people and players have.”

“It’s exactly what I wanted, and I have a very good feeling. We are back to where this club needs to be, and we want to stay here to write our own history,” Xhaka was quoted as saying on the Sunderland website.

“I feel I’m ready to help the team with my experience but with quality as well. We need to find ourselves on the pitch, but I don’t think this will be a big problem. It’s been a long time to wait, but I’m here now, and I’m looking forward to it,” he concluded.

This summer has seen Sunderland bring in Enzo Le Fee, Habib Diarra, Noah Sadiki, Reinildo Mandava, Chemsdine Talbi and Simon Adingra, spending over 110 million pounds.

Sunderland finished fourth in the Championship in the 2024-25 season and grabbed the third and last ticket to promote to the Premier League through two rounds of playoffs.

MIL OSI China News –

July 31, 2025

MIL-OSI: WISeKey Renews WebTrust Compliance for OISTE/WISeKey Global Root of Trust

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

WISeKey Renews WebTrust Compliance for OISTE/WISeKey Global Root of Trust

Geneva and Zug, Switzerland – July 29, 2025 – WISeKey International Holding Ltd (“WISeKey”, SIX: WIHN; Nasdaq: WKEY), a global leader in cybersecurity and IoT, today announced the successful renewal of its WebTrust Seal of Assurance. This renewal confirms that WISeKey’s OISTE/WISeKey Trust Model and Certification Authority (CA) services meet the rigorous audit criteria established by the WebTrust program.

The WebTrust for Certification Authorities program, now overseen by CPA Canada, is designed to strengthen public trust in digital certificate services and the broader PKI ecosystem. By maintaining this prestigious certification, WISeKey reinforces its position as a trusted provider of secure digital identity and cybersecurity solutions.

Comprehensive Audit Scope
WISeKey has successfully passed WebTrust audits in the following critical domains:

WebTrust for Certification Authorities – validates WISeKey’s operational integrity in the issuance and lifecycle management of digital certificates.
WebTrust for Baseline Requirements – confirms compliance with the CA/B Forum’s security and issuance standards for publicly trusted certificates.
WebTrust for Extended Validation (EV) – verifies WISeKey’s adherence to strict requirements for issuing EV SSL certificates.
WebTrust for S/MIME – introduced in 2024, it confirms WISeKey’s secure practices in issuing digital certificates for encrypted email communications.
WebTrust for Network Security – newly added in 2025, itattests to WISeKey’s robust cybersecurity controls across its infrastructure.

Advancing Trust Services
WISeKey delivers its trust services via next-generation certificate management platforms, which offer automated provisioning (via ACME and APIs), crypto-agility, and streamlined renewal and revocation processes, reducing operational risks and improving efficiency.

This latest certification also covers WISeKey’s newly deployed Root Certification Authorities, which serve as the foundation for its post-quantum trust services. Through its subsidiary, SEALSQ Corp (Nasdaq: LAES), WISeKey is investing heavily in quantum-resistant solutions that integrate both software and hardware components.

Carlos Moreira, Founder and CEO of WISeKey, stated: “The renewal of our WebTrust assurance demonstrates the reliability and resilience of WISeKey’s Trust Services. It reflects our commitment to maintaining the highest standards of security and compliance for our global clients.”

Expanding Global Recognition
In addition to WebTrust accreditation, WISeKey undergoes regular assessments to meet the diverse compliance requirements of its multinational clientele. These include accreditations for:

Matter, the smart home standard supported by CSA, Google, Apple, and Amazon.
Wi-SUN Alliance, reflects WISeKey’s standing as a trusted root for critical IoT and home automation.
GSMA, ensurs compliance with mobile security standards, such as the issuance of digital certificates for eSIM.

The Role of OISTE Roots in PKI and WISeKey Trust Services delivered by the WISeKey Holding
OISTE Root Certificate Authorities (Root CAs) sit at the top of the PKI hierarchy. They issue and validate subordinate CAs, anchoring trust for all digital certificates downstream. If a Root CA is compromised, the entire trust chain can be invalidated, making trustworthiness and security paramount.
Certificates issued by trusted CAs enable authentication, encryption, and integrity for digital communications. EV certificates, in particular, offer enhanced validation and are preferred for high-assurance applications.

By maintaining WebTrust accreditation, OISTE’s Root CAs remain embedded in major browsers and operating systems, ensuring seamless interoperability and global recognition.

WISeKey SA, another WISeKey subsidiary which specializes in RoT and PKI solutions for secure authentication and identification in IoT, Blockchain, and AI, acts as a “Trust Center” for the rest of companies of the group, centralizing and optimizing the investment in datacenter and PKI technologies.

For more information, visit: www.oiste.org and www.wisekey.com

About WISeKey

WISeKey International Holding Ltd (“WISeKey”, SIX: WIHN; Nasdaq: WKEY) is a global leader in cybersecurity, digital identity, and IoT solutions platform. It operates as a Swiss-based holding company through several operational subsidiaries, each dedicated to specific aspects of its technology portfolio. The subsidiaries include (i) SEALSQ Corp (Nasdaq: LAES), which focuses on semiconductors, PKI, and post-quantum technology products, (ii) WISeKey SA which specializes in RoT and PKI solutions for secure authentication and identification in IoT, Blockchain, and AI, (iii) WISeSat AG which focuses on space technology for secure satellite communication, specifically for IoT applications, (iv) WISe.ART Corp which focuses on trusted blockchain NFTs and operates the WISe.ART marketplace for secure NFT transactions, and (v) SEALCOIN AG which focuses on decentralized physical internet with DePIN technology and house the development of the SEALCOIN platform.

Each subsidiary contributes to WISeKey’s mission of securing the internet while focusing on their respective areas of research and expertise. Their technologies seamlessly integrate into the comprehensive WISeKey platform. WISeKey secures digital identity ecosystems for individuals and objects using Blockchain, AI, and IoT technologies. With over 1.6 billion microchips deployed across various IoT sectors, WISeKey plays a vital role in securing the Internet of Everything. The company’s semiconductors generate valuable Big Data that, when analyzed with AI, enable predictive equipment failure prevention. Trusted by the OISTE/WISeKey cryptographic Root of Trust, WISeKey provides secure authentication and identification for IoT, Blockchain, and AI applications. The WISeKey Root of Trust ensures the integrity of online transactions between objects and people. For more information on WISeKey’s strategic direction and its subsidiary companies, please visit www.wisekey.com.

Disclaimer
This communication expressly or implicitly contains certain forward-looking statements concerning WISeKey International Holding Ltd and its business. Such statements involve certain known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which could cause the actual results, financial condition, performance or achievements of WISeKey International Holding Ltd to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. WISeKey International Holding Ltd is providing this communication as of this date and does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements contained herein as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

This press release does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities, and it does not constitute an offering prospectus within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”), the FinSa’s predecessor legislation or advertising within the meaning of the FinSA. Investors must rely on their own evaluation of WISeKey and its securities, including the merits and risks involved. Nothing contained herein is, or shall be relied on as, a promise or representation as to the future performance of WISeKey.

Press and Investor Contacts

WISeKey International Holding Ltd
Company Contact: Carlos Moreira
Chairman & CEO
Tel: +41 22 594 3000
info@wisekey.com

WISeKey Investor Relations (US)
The Equity Group Inc.
Lena Cati
Tel: +1 212 836-9611
lcati@theequitygroup.com

The MIL Network –

July 30, 2025

MIL-Evening Report: Keith Rankin Analysis – How did New Zealand compare in the first half of the 2020s?

Analysis by Keith Rankin.

Keith Rankin, trained as an economic historian, is a retired lecturer in Economics and Statistics. He lives in Auckland, New Zealand.

The following two tables show New Zealand and the 24 other economies in the world most easily and fruitfully compared to New Zealand. The countries are sorted with the worst-performing economies (in terms of economic growth per capita) listed at the top. Thus, taking four-year compounded growth for 2020, 2021, 2022 and 2023, Germany was the worst performer (ranked 25 out of 25); its economy, adjusted for population growth, shrank over four years by 1.2 percent.

The ‘top’ three countries in the table all had such negative growth.

Table 1: Rankings for 25 Advanced Economies 2019-23

2019-23*	growth pc	inflation	interest	population
	rank	rank	rank	rank
Germany	25	6	9	18
Finland	24	19	9	20
Austria	23	1	9	9
United Kingdom	22	2	4	12
Canada	21	14	3	3
Spain	20	15	9	10
France	19	16	9	19
Japan	18	24	25	24
Norway	17	10	7	6
Sweden	16	9	21	15
New Zealand	15	4	1	5
Switzerland	14	25	24	7
Australia	13	11	8	4
Belgium	12	8	9	13
Portugal	11	17	9	16
Netherlands	10	3	9	8
Italy	9	12	9	23
Israel	8	22	6	1
United States	7	5	2	11
Slovenia	6	7	9	17
Denmark	5	18	23	14
Korea	4	21	5	21
Greece	3	20	9	25
Taiwan	2	23	22	22
Ireland	1	13	9	2
*	end of year data for inflation and interest

source: IMF World Economic Outlook Database, April 2025

On growth, New Zealand was in the middle of the pack, with 3.9 percent compounded growth per capita; that averages out to just below one percent per annum.

On inflation and interest rates, a high ranking is generally regarded as a poor performance; although a low inflation rate may be outside the policy target zone, just as a high inflation rate may be. New Zealand had the fourth-highest CPI inflation over that four-year period, comparing consumer prices in December 2023 with December 2019. In December 2023, consumer prices were 20.6% higher than in December 2019. The country with highest compounded inflation was Austria with 22.4%, and the lowest Switzerland with 5.5%.

New Zealand had the highest compounded interest rates for that period; it had top-ranking for high-interest. If $1,000 was ‘invested’ at the Official Cash Rate each December from December 2020, and reinvested each December for four years in total, the accumulated amount would have been $1,111. Next highest were the United States and Canada. This ranking gives a sense of the monetary policy in the four years after the 2020 covid wave; New Zealand had the tightest monetary policy for the period as a whole, meaning the strongest ‘anti-inflationary policy’. If you see Table 2 below, you will see that New Zealand had the lowest economic growth in 2024, a direct consequence of that tighter monetary policy stance.

On interest rates, we note that the countries in the Euro currency zone all experience the same monetary policy setting. It means that those Euro countries which are more aggressively anti-inflation tend to resort most to fiscal consolidation, a euphemism for government retrenchment and austerity. There is no simple measure for tight fiscal policy; the Budget deficit/surplus is often used incorrectly because government retrenchment significantly undermines government revenue.

On inflation, we note that some of those northern European countries which we normally expect to have low inflation actually had the highest inflation: Austria, Netherlands, Germany. One country similar to New Zealand on inflation and interest, and with zero growth per capita, was the United Kingdom. Australia was better than New Zealand on all three measures: growth, inflation, and interest. And much the same as New Zealand on population growth.

Table 2: Rankings for 25 Advanced Economies 2023-24

2023-24*	growth pc	inflation	interest	population
	rank	rank	rank	rank
New Zealand	25	13	6	2
Austria	24	15	8	15
Canada	23	17	7	1
Finland	22	22	8	12
Ireland	21	24	8	3
Germany	20	9	8	20
Israel	19	3	2	5
Switzerland	18	25	24	4
United Kingdom	17	10	1	6
Netherlands	16	2	8	11
Belgium	15	1	8	14
Australia	14	11	5	13
Japan	13	6	25	25
Sweden	12	20	22	17
Italy	11	23	8	22
France	10	21	8	19
Portugal	9	4	8	10
Norway	8	14	2	7
Slovenia	7	19	8	18
United States	6	8	2	9
Korea	5	16	20	21
Spain	4	7	8	8
Greece	3	5	8	24
Denmark	2	18	21	16
Taiwan	1	12	23	23
*	end of year data for inflation and interest

source: IMF World Economic Outlook Database, April 2025

Table 2 shows the same data items for 2024. Of particular interest is the 2024 growth and inflation rates in 2024, compared to the interest rates for the preceding four years. New Zealand, with the toughest monetary policy over a longer period certainly got the recession it asked for; and was the median country for CPI inflation in 2024, virtually bang-on the policy target. (Was the pain worth it?)

It’s important to note that many countries with significantly lower inflation than New Zealand did not have anything like the very high policy interest rates that New Zealand was subjected to; eg Sweden, Italy, France, Denmark, Slovenia. Any beneficial link from high interest rates to low inflation remains moot; and it is clear that high-interest-rate policies do much damage to the wider economy. While Japan had higher inflation in 2024 than New Zealand, we note that Japan’s overall increase in consumer prices in the half-decade was much lower than New Zealand’s. Japan’s inflationary pressures are almost entirely imported, with New Zealand’s domestically generated CPI inflation being significantly greater than Japan’s.

We should note that southern Europe was doing particularly well in 2024. Although Greece’s per capita growth is fuelled in part by substantial population losses. Spain, on the other hand, is getting its population back. Further north, the Austrian economy is looking particularly problematic; it’s no wonder the ‘far-right’ political party did so well there in elections at the end of 2024 (ten percentage points higher than the Hitler-led NSDAP party got in Germany in 1930). And Finland is not looking happy either, despite low inflation.

United States, United Kingdom and Australia continued to have above-median inflation in 2024, despite – or, more likely, because of – their continued perseverance with high-interest monetary policies.

On population growth we see that Canada has been the overall ‘winner’, presumably in the sense that it both attracts and accepts immigrants. Surprisingly, in 2024 Australia slumped in its population growth, whereas New Zealand did not. I suspect that 2025 will show more immigration in Australia than New Zealand.

Finally

All is not well in the New Zealand economy. And it’s also quite unwell in some other countries, especially the North European Euro-zone countries, and the United Kingdom. And the United States, with its tight monetary policies, seems to have only averted the fate of the United Kingdom and New Zealand (and Germany and Austria) by virtue of stimulus to its military-industrial complex. Or, strictly speaking, to its military complex. Civilian industry remains weak in the USA.

*******

Keith Rankin (keith at rankin dot nz), trained as an economic historian, is a retired lecturer in Economics and Statistics. He lives in Auckland, New Zealand.

MIL OSI Analysis – EveningReport.nz –

July 30, 2025

MIL-OSI NGOs: Plastic Greenpeace report exposes petrochemical giants’ campaign to derail Global Plastics Treaty A report released today by Greenpeace UK reveals how the Global Plastics Treaty is under threat from some of the world’s largest petrochemical companies who have been systematically lobbying against… by Alexandra Sedgwick July 29, 2025

Source: Greenpeace Statement –

A report released today by Greenpeace UK reveals how the Global Plastics Treaty is under threat from some of the world’s largest petrochemical companies who have been systematically lobbying against cuts to plastic production while generating massive profits from their growing plastics business. The report reveals that since the treaty talks began in November 2022, seven companies alone have produced enough plastic to fill 6.3 million rubbish trucks – equivalent to five and a half trucks every minute.

The report – ‘Plastics, Profits and Power: How petrochemical companies are derailing the Global Plastics Treaty’ draws on data obtained from industry sources. It finds that that since the start of the treaty process, Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron Phillips, Shell, SABIC and INEOS have ramped up their plastic production capacity by 1.4 million tonnes and sent a combined total of 70 lobbyists to negotiations, where they have also been represented by powerful industry front groups.

Dow alone has sent at least 21 lobbyists to negotiations whilst earning an estimated £3.4 billion from plastics. The report also states that INEOS, the UK’s largest plastics producer, has raised production capacity by more than 20% and is investing £3.5 billion in Project ONE, set to become Europe’s biggest plastics plant in Antwerp, Belgium.

The Greenpeace UK report comes just days before governments meet in Geneva, Switzerland, in the final round of treaty talks. The report reveals the tactics used by lobbyists to dominate negotiations, influence delegates, and block progress. It also highlights the lobbying by powerful trade associations at the talks, pushing industry-friendly positions while shielding corporate members from scrutiny.

Anna Diski, the report’s author and Senior Plastics Campaigner with Greenpeace UK, said:

“We all want to see a strong Global Plastics Treaty that turns the tide on plastic pollution. Our research shows that those with the most to lose from meaningful regulation are working hardest to obstruct it. We can’t allow the corporations who profit from plastic pollution to write the rules or we’ll end up with a toothless Treaty. It’s time to ban lobbyists from the Talks and for UN Member States to stand firm and support a strong Treaty.”

According to CIEL, 220 fossil fuels lobbyists attended the fifth round of treaty negotiations in 2024 held in Busan, South Korea which ended without agreement. This made lobbyists the single largest delegation at the talks – more than the EU and its member states combined, outnumbering the delegates from the Scientists’ Coalition for an Effective Plastics Treaty by three to one.

Greenpeace is calling for at least a 75% reduction in plastic production by 2040 and is demanding that a strong conflict of interest policy be embedded in the treaty to prevent undue influence; negotiations must also prioritise those most affected by the plastics crisis, with space guaranteed for independent scientists, Indigenous Peoples, frontline communities and civil society groups, all of whom should all be able to play a role in shaping and implementing the treaty.

Ends.

Contact:

Greenpeace UK Press Office – press.uk@greenpeace.org or +44 7377 730878 / +44 20 7865 8255

The report is available here

A photo gallery of images associated with the report is available in the Greenpeace Media Library

Notes:

The INC5.2 summit to agree a Global Plastics Treaty will run from 5-14 August 2025 in Geneva, Switzerland. Greenpeace will be present with an international delegation of 30 people representing Africa, Southeast and East Asia, Middle East and North Africa, Europe, Canada, Colombia and the US. The delegation will use its extensive policy and legal experience and government relationships to push for greater ambition in the treaty process, particularly on the critical issue of delivering legally binding cuts to plastic production.

Greenpeace UK’s analysis is based on estimated global production figures for polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene (PE) for November/December 2022, 2023 and 2024 financial years, for Dow, ExxonMobil, BASF, Chevron, Shell, SABIC and INEOS, produced by Market Research Future (data available on request). This estimate covers two of the world’s most widely-used polymers, commonly found in packaging and consumer goods. It excludes other major plastic types such as PET and polystyrene, and excludes 2025 production data even as treaty talks continue into this year. As such, the final figure is presented as an underestimate of total plastic production during this time. To calculate the plastic volume in rubbish truck equivalents, Greenpeace UK used the standard capacity of a UK refuse truck, which holds approximately 12 metric tonnes of plastic waste.

All of the companies mentioned in this report were given the opportunity to reply to the findings, none responded.

MIL OSI NGO –

July 30, 2025
MIL-OSI Europe: European Health Insurance Card: keeping you safe while travelling abroad

Source: European Union 2

Have you ever injured yourself while surfing in France and needed stitches? Sprained your ankle while hiking the Alps? Needed to see a doctor because of your pre-existing diabetes while on holiday in Greece? Perhaps not, but in case something like this does happen while you’re abroad, the European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) has you covered.

The EHIC allows you to receive necessary and urgent medical care abroad, including for chronic or existing illnesses, as well as pregnancy and childbirth. It’s not an alternative to travel insurance, and it does not cover any private healthcare costs or planned medical treatments. EHIC is valid in any EU country, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.

By presenting the card, you can obtain healthcare services directly from a public or contracted provider under the same conditions and at the same cost as people insured in the country you are visiting. Each country’s healthcare system is different, and services that cost nothing at home might not be free in another country. You can claim reimbursement for the costs you incur from the national institution whilst still in the country and get reimbursement directly there or ask for reimbursement from your health insurer when you get home.

More than half of the EU population has the EHIC. Applying for one is easy and free – simply contact your health insurance institution before your trip. You’ll typically receive it by mail within a few days. If you’re going to travel before obtaining the card, you can apply for an EHIC replacement certificate.

Travel with peace of mind, knowing the EHIC is there to support your healthcare needs abroad.

For more information

European Health Insurance Card

How to use the card

Unplanned healthcare

Travelling in Europe 2024

MIL OSI Europe News –

July 30, 2025
MIL-OSI: BTC Price Hits $118,000: HashJ Launches First Short-Term Contracts for Scalable Rewards
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Zurich, Switzerland, July 27, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MGPD Finance Limited, doing business as HashJ, today announced the official launch of its short-term BTC contract offerings, designed to help everyday users benefit from Bitcoin’s record-breaking rally past $118,000. The launch marks a new chapter in making digital asset participation simpler, faster, and more predictable—especially for mobile-first users worldwide.

HashJ’s platform now enables fixed-term Bitcoin reward plans ranging from 3 to 30 days, with flexible entry amounts and automated settlement. These BTC-linked contracts are designed for users who prefer predictable returns without engaging in high-risk trading or managing complex wallets.

Understanding Bitcoin-Linked Contracts

Unlike traditional blockchain products that require deep technical knowledge, HashJ’s short-term contracts are built for accessibility. Leveraging protocol upgrades like Taproot and Script enhancements, Bitcoin now supports basic automated actions that allow users to receive rewards based on time or market performance.

Instead of trading, users can activate a short-term BTC contract and receive returns once predefined terms are met. These plans are often referred to as:
- BTC reward contracts
- Bitcoin income plans
- Automated BTC participation tools
How It Works

Each plan allows users to commit a set amount of BTC (or equivalent), which is automatically tracked through the duration of the contract. At the end of the term—such as 7 or 14 days—the user receives both the original amount and a BTC-denominated reward, without manual claiming or market monitoring.

The system is entirely self-directed and designed for ease of use, particularly through the HashJ app and online platform.

Why This Launch Matters in 2025
1. Bitcoin Price Surge
  With BTC price exceeding $118,000, many users are looking for safe and structured ways to grow holdings. HashJ’s short-term plans offer a non-speculative alternative to trading.
2. Simplified Access via HashJ
  New users can register at www.hashj.com and receive a $118 welcome package—including a $100 trial contract and $18 in real value—to begin participating immediately.
3. Predictable Returns in Unpredictable Times
  Fixed-term plans ranging from 3 to 30 days allow users to avoid timing the market. Contract terms are transparent, short, and aligned with Bitcoin performance trends.
HashJ Product Snapshot
- Platform: Mobile + Web-based
- Live Users: 2M+ registered worldwide
- Welcome Offer: $118 bonus for new users
- Contract Terms: 3–30 days
- Security: Encrypted wallet access, immutable transaction records, and real-time performance tracking
- Support: 24/7 multilingual assistance
“This launch reflects our mission to help users earn BTC without needing to be traders or technicians,” said a spokesperson for HashJ. “With short-term contracts, anyone can now engage with Bitcoin in a safe, flexible, and rewarding way.”

In addition to the welcome bonus, HashJ also runs a VIP program offering tiered benefits for high-volume participants, as well as an affiliate program that rewards users for referring others through unique invite codes. These features are designed to foster long-term engagement and community-led growth.

Real-World Example

A new user funds a $50 BTC contract for 7 days through the HashJ platform. After the term expires, the user receives the original amount plus a predetermined reward—automatically and securely—without engaging in trading or price speculation.

Built for Security

HashJ’s contract infrastructure is built on robust blockchain standards, including:
- Transparent reward logic
- Multi-signature wallet protection
- Encrypted user access keys
- Contract time-locks and early exit flexibility
All BTC reward contracts operate within a decentralized, permissionless framework that prioritizes security and ease of use.

Looking Ahead: The Future of BTC Participation

With Bitcoin playing a growing role in decentralized finance, HashJ’s short-term contracts position the company at the forefront of non-trading-based BTC growth models. Future plans include:
- Integration with cross-chain BTC products
- Trigger-based contracts linked to BTC market events
- Smart wallet compatibility
- BTC-linked token and NFT access
About MGPD Finance Limited (HashJ)

MGPD Finance Limited, doing business as HashJ, is a fintech company based in the United Kingdom. Founded in 2018, the company provides contract-based digital reward systems for BTC, ETH, DOGE, and XRP, with over 2 million users across more than 90 countries.

For more information, visit: www.hashj.com
App Download: Available on iOS and Android
Business Inquiries: pr@hashj.com

The MIL Network –
July 28, 2025
India advances Siddha’s global reach with WHO standards, cementing role as Ayush knowledge hub

Source: Government of India

Source: Government of India (4)

India has taken a significant step toward globalizing its traditional medical systems, with the World Health Organization (WHO), in collaboration with the Ministry of Ayush and the Central Council for Research in Siddha (CCRS), concluding a two-day WHO External Expert Group Meeting on July 24–25. The meeting focused on finalizing the Draft WHO Technical Reports on Training and Practice in Siddha, aiming to establish globally harmonized standards for this ancient Indian medical system.

In his keynote address, Vaidya Rajesh Kotecha, Secretary of the Ministry of Ayush, emphasized India’s commitment to promoting evidence-based practices in traditional medicine. He underscored the importance of robust training standards to enhance Siddha’s global credibility. Joint Secretary Monalisa Dash highlighted Siddha’s scientific relevance and cultural heritage, describing it as a living tradition with growing international resonance. She stressed the need for structured, evidence-based training to elevate Siddha’s global recognition.

Dr. Kim Sungchol, Head of WHO’s Traditional, Complementary, and Integrative Medicine (TCI) Unit, praised India’s leadership in traditional medicine and outlined WHO’s vision to integrate Siddha into national healthcare systems while preserving its traditional roots. He acknowledged the Ministry of Ayush’s technical and financial support in developing evidence-based documents.

The hybrid-mode meeting brought together 16 international experts from 11 countries across all six WHO regions, including Sri Lanka, Japan, Malaysia, the USA, the UK, Germany, Switzerland, the UAE, Singapore, Canada, and Australia. Their region-specific inputs enriched the draft documents, ensuring their global applicability while preserving Siddha’s indigenous identity. Facilitated by WHO’s TCI Unit and supported by the Government of India, the deliberations marked a milestone in aligning Siddha with international frameworks.

July 26, 2025
MIL-OSI China: China beats USA to win women’s basketball title at Rhine-ruhr Universiade

Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

China defeated the United States 81-69 in the women’s basketball final on Friday at the FISU World University Games.

China delivered a well-rounded performance, with four players scoring in double digits. Small forward Chen Yujie shot eight of 15 from the field to score 19 points while power forward Tang Ziting buried four 3-pointers out of six attempts to add 16 points.

“We told the players to play as they like and not to have any burden mentally,” said Chinese coach Zhao Xuetong.

“We had already achieved what we expected before the Games, so I just told the players to enjoy the final and that they had nothing to lose,” added Zhao.

For the United States, power forward Deyona Gaston had a game-high 21 points and point guard Sidney Love notched 15 points.

“China was very good. In the first half we had the upper hand, and I thought we got them out of their defense pretty well,” said U.S. coach Krista Lea Gerlich. “In the second half, they increased their pressure on the zone, and they were mixing it up, and it was really confusing to our kids.”

China also claimed another gold medal in archery, as Liu Yanxiu and Wang Yan defeated Japan’s Waka Sonoda and Yuya Funahashi 6-2 in the recurve mixed team final.

Three gold medals were decided in the track and field. Finland captured its first gold in the meet from the women’s 100m hurdles as Saara Keskitalo finished first in 12.88 seconds, followed by Hungary’s Anna Toth (12.88), who was just a tiny 0.005s behind. Poland’s Alicja Sielska (12.95) came third.

Belgium also secured its first gold in the Games as Elien Vekemans overcame a height of 4.60 meters in women’s pole vault. Norway’s Kitty Augusta Friele Faye was 10 centimeters lower than the winner and Canada’s Rachel Grenke recorded a personal best of 4.35m in third.

Simon Wieland of Switzerland tossed his season best of 79.33 meters to win the men’s javeline throw, followed by Germany’s Nick Thumm (78.47) and Finland’s Topias Yki Eerik Laine (75.96).

Team USA continues to lead the medal table after Day 9 of competition with 28 gold, 22 silver, and 26 bronze medals. China remains second with 23 gold, 21 silver, and 13 bronze and Japan is third with 22 gold, 13 silver, and 20 bronze.

MIL OSI China News –

July 26, 2025
MIL-OSI NGOs: Plastic Greenpeace climbers abseil from Forth Bridge to block INEOS tanker in plastics protest An international team of Greenpeace activists has abseiled from Scotland’s Forth Road Bridge to block an INEOS tanker from delivering its cargo of fracked American gas to the Grangemouth petrochemical… by Graham Thompson July 25, 2025
Source: Greenpeace Statement –

An international team of Greenpeace activists has abseiled from Scotland’s Forth Road Bridge to block an INEOS tanker from delivering its cargo of fracked American gas to the Grangemouth petrochemical facility.

The Greenpeace protest is aimed at chemicals giant INEOS, owned by billionaire Sir Jim Ratcliffe, which is opposing efforts by UN Member States to secure a Global Plastics Treaty to curb plastic pollution [1]. INEOS is the UK’s biggest plastics manufacturer, producing 30-35 billion nurdles (pellets) daily at its Grangemouth plant – enough to make 60 million plastic bottles.

The action comes less than a fortnight before governments meet in Geneva, Switzerland, for the sixth and final round of negotiations on the Global Plastics Treaty (5-14 August). Greenpeace is calling for these talks to agree to a cut in global plastic production of at least 75% by 2040, and for the UN to exclude lobbyists from INEOS and other fossil fuels companies from the treaty negotiations. Plastics producers including INEOS have collectively sent hundreds of lobbyists to exert their influence at every stage of the talks so far. Lobbyists have used tactics such as intimidation and harassment, to block an agreement that includes caps on plastic production.

The 10 climbers are confronting the giant INEOS tanker ‘INDEPENDENCE’. The vessel spent the last 10 days crossing the Atlantic carrying 27,500 cubic metres of ethane bound for Grangemouth where it will be used by INEOS in the production of virgin plastic.

Amy Cameron, Programme Director at Greenpeace UK said:

“Plastic pollution has reached a crisis point: it’s poisoning our land, seas, air, even our bodies. The Global Plastics Treaty offers us a once in a generation chance to tackle the problem for good, so it’s no surprise INEOS and its billionaire boss, Jim Ratcliffe, are doing everything they can to stop it.

Ratcliffe tries to distract us with sports teams and sponsorships, but we’re not going to let him fill our planet with plastic, so he can fill his pockets with profit. Ratcliffe is trying to block a strong Global Plastics Treaty, so today we’re blocking him.”

An international team of Greenpeace activists abseil from Scotland’s Forth Road Bridge to block an INEOS tanker from delivering its cargo of fracked American gas to the Grangemouth petrochemical facility. The Greenpeace protest is aimed at chemicals giant INEOS, owned by billionaire Sir Jim Ratcliffe, which is opposing efforts by UN Member States to secure a Global Plastics Treaty to curb plastic pollution. INEOS is the UK’s biggest plastics manufacturer, producing (pellets) daily at its Grangemouth plant – enough to make 60 million plastic bottles.© Luca Marino / Greenpeace

The highly-trained Greenpeace climbers [2] abseiled from beneath the bridge’s service walkway, unfurling six giant ‘Plastics Treaty Now’ banners. They will remain suspended 25 metres above the main shipping lane of the River Forth [3], preventing the tanker from reaching port with its hazardous cargo. They are supported by a rescue crew on the bridge and a boat team in the river below.

The Greenpeace protest comes during Donald Trump’s visit to Scotland. Over the past three years, INEOS Energy has made investments exceeding $3bn in the US oil and gas sector, and the US petrochemicals industry is investing heavily in new chemical and plastics production projects. Like INEOS, US Fossil Fuel giants are attempting to weaken the Global Plastics Treaty to avoid caps on virgin plastic production.

ENDS

Contact:

Greenpeace UK press office: press.uk@greenpeace.org / 020 7865 8255

Greenpeace press officer on the ground at Forth Road Bridge: Kai Tabacek – 07984 127025

Greenpeace spokespeople are available for interviews on the ground in Scotland and in London

Please find all photos and videos of the protest HERE. Additional pictures and footage will be added as they become available.

Notes to editors
1. Speaking at the EFRA Parliamentary Committee on 8th July, on the UK Government’s priorities for the final plastics treaty negotiations, INEOS’s Technology Director, Peter Williams firmly opposed production caps because of potential “unintended consequences.”
2. The international team of Greenpeace activists include climbers from: UK, Argentina, Croatia, Germany, Hungary, Finland, France, Italy, Netherlands and Taiwan.
3. The main span of the iconic Forth Road Bridge is a little over a kilometre long, around 50 metres above water level. The highly-trained Greenpeace climbers are spaced at intervals of around 20 metres in an attempt to block the INEOS tanker.
MIL OSI NGO –
July 26, 2025
MIL-OSI Africa: Benin: African Development Bank Approves Over $30 Million to Protect Farmers from Climate Shocks and Food Insecurity

Source: APO

The Board of Directors of the African Development Bank Group (www.AfDB.org) has approved $30.25 million in financing for a groundbreaking climate protection and agricultural sector resilience program in Benin. Thanks to this approval, Beninese farmers, particularly those in northern Benin, will no longer have to fear losing their entire harvest during devastating droughts or sudden floods.

This initiative will protect 150,000 smallholder farmers against climate shocks in a country where agriculture employs seven out of ten people but remains at the mercy of an increasingly unpredictable climate. The situation is particularly critical in the departments of Alibori and Atakora, where one in four farmers suffers from food insecurity, well above the national average.

These northern regions face a double burden of climate challenges and spillover effects from Sahel instability, creating additional pressures through forced displacement and border closures with Niger. Climate projections indicate alarming future risks, with cotton production and maize yields expected to drop by 22% and 6.3% respectively, with potential economic losses estimated at approximately 201 billion CFA francs.

“This investment represents our commitment to strengthening climate resilience in Benin’s agricultural sector while responding to the urgent needs of vulnerable farming communities,” said Robert Masumbuko, African Development Bank Country Representative in Benin. “By introducing innovative risk management tools and strengthening local capacities, we are helping farmers adapt to climate change while preventing conflicts and promoting social cohesion in fragile border areas.”

The project strengthens the Beninese government’s efforts to establish agricultural insurance, whose pilot phase is managed by Benin’s National Fund for Agricultural Development (FNDA).

It introduces innovative climate risk transfer mechanisms, including sovereign insurance coverage against droughts and floods via the African Risk Capacity, and agricultural micro- insurance for smallholders. These tools will improve farmers’ risk profiles with financial institutions, facilitating better access to credit and investment opportunities.

Beyond insurance mechanisms, the initiative will strengthen institutional capacities for climate disaster management, deploy early warning systems with agrometeorological equipment, and promote climate-smart agricultural practices. The program specifically targets 30% youth participation and ensures 30% female representation among the 150,000 direct beneficiaries. Furthermore, special attention is given to social cohesion activities to support peaceful integration of displaced populations in host communities.

The financing comes from multiple sources: $20 million from the “prevention” envelope of the Transition Support Facility, $5 million from the African Development Fund, $3 million from the ADRiFi multi-donor trust fund, and approximately $2.44 million in national counterpart contributions for insurance premiums.

The project aligns with Benin’s National Development Plan 2018-2025 and its National Adaptation Plan 2022-2027, supporting the country’s agricultural transformation objectives while strengthening climate change resilience through innovative instruments such as insurance. Strategic partnerships with the World Food Programme, the World Bank, and bilateral donors such as Swiss and Luxembourg cooperations ensure comprehensive support for sustainable agricultural development, including the establishment of agricultural insurance in Benin.

For Benin’s farming families, this financing represents hope for protected harvests, stable incomes, and a safer future for their children. For northern Benin communities, this project is a guarantee of stability and social cohesion in a strategic region of West Africa, and finally, for the Beninese state, the project ensures financial resilience against increasingly recurrent disaster risks.

The African Development Bank Group remains committed to supporting Africa’s agricultural transformation through innovative climate adaptation solutions that protect vulnerable communities while promoting sustainable development and regional stability.

Distributed by APO Group on behalf of African Development Bank Group (AfDB).

Media Contact:
Natalie Nkembuh
Communication and External Relations Department
media@afdb.org

About the African Development Bank Group:
The African Development Bank Group is Africa’s leading development finance institution. It comprises three distinct entities: the African Development Bank (AfDB), the African Development Fund (ADF) and the Nigeria Trust Fund (NTF). Represented in 41 African countries, with an external office in Japan, the Bank contributes to the economic development and social progress of its 54 regional member countries. For more information: www.AfDB.org

Media files

.

MIL OSI Africa –

July 25, 2025

MIL-OSI: 39/2025・Trifork Group: Reporting of transactions made by persons discharging managerial responsibilities

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Company announcement no. 39 / 2025
Schindellegi, Switzerland – 25 July 2025

Reporting of transactions made by persons discharging managerial responsibilities

Pursuant to the Market Abuse Regulation Article 19, Trifork Group AG (Swiss company registration number CHE-474.101.854) (“Trifork”) hereby notifies receipt of information of the following transactions made by persons discharging managerial responsibilities in Trifork in connection with fixed salaries paid in shares. Reference is made to company announcement no. 1/2025 on 21 January 2025.

1.	Details of the person discharging managerial responsibilities/person closely associated
a)	Name	Jørn Larsen
2.	Reason for the notification
a)	Position/status	CEO
b)	Initial notification/ Amendment	Initial notification
3.	Details of the issuer, emission allowance market participant, auction platform, auctioneer or auction monitor
a)	Name	Trifork Group AG
b)	LEI	8945004BYZKXPESTBL36
4.1	Details of the transaction(s)
a)	Description of the financial instrument, type of instrument Identification code	Shares ISIN CH1111227810
b)	Nature of the transaction	A share of 25% of the fixed monthly salary is paid out in shares as described in the company announcement no. 1/2025.
c)	Price(s) and volume(s)	Price(s)	Volume(s)
		DKK 0	1,142
d)	Aggregated information — Aggregated volume — Price	N/A
e)	Date of the transaction	25 July 2025
f)	Place of the transaction	Outside a trading venue

1.	Details of the person discharging managerial responsibilities/person closely associated
a)	Name	Kristian Wulf-Andersen
2.	Reason for the notification
a)	Position/status	CFO
b)	Initial notification/ Amendment	Initial notification
3.	Details of the issuer, emission allowance market participant, auction platform, auctioneer or auction monitor
a)	Name	Trifork Group AG
b)	LEI	8945004BYZKXPESTBL36
4.1	Details of the transaction(s)
a)	Description of the financial instrument, type of instrument Identification code	Shares ISIN CH1111227810
b)	Nature of the transaction	A share of 10% of the fixed monthly salary is paid out in shares as described in the company announcement no. 1/2025.
c)	Price(s) and volume(s)	Price(s)	Volume(s)
		DKK 0	304
d)	Aggregated information — Aggregated volume — Price	N/A
e)	Date of the transaction	25 July 2025
f)	Place of the transaction	Outside a trading venue

Investor and media contact
Frederik Svanholm, Group Investment Director, frsv@trifork.com, +41 79 357 73 17

About Trifork
Trifork (Nasdaq Copenhagen: TRIFOR) is a pioneering global technology company, empowering enterprise and public sector customers with innovative digital products and solutions. With 1,215 professionals across 71 business units in 16 countries, Trifork specializes in designing, building, and operating advanced software across sectors such as public administration, healthcare, manufacturing, logistics, energy, financial services, retail, and real estate. The Group’s R&D arm, Trifork Labs, drives innovation by investing in and developing synergistic, high-potential technology companies. Learn more at trifork.com.

Attachment

CA_39_25_PDMR

The MIL Network –

July 25, 2025

MIL-OSI China: China win first athletics gold, Walaza claims 200m gold at Universiade

Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

Long jumper Shu Heng leaped 8.09 meters to claim China’s first track and field gold medal, while South Africa’s teenage sprinting sensation Bayanda Walaza won his second gold in as many days Thursday at the Rhine-Ruhr World University Games.

Shu Heng of China competes during the men’s long jump final at the Rhine-Ruhr 2025 FISU World University Games in Bochum, Germany, July 24, 2025. (Xinhua/Li Ying)

Shu improved on his leading mark of 8.07 meters from the fourth round by two centimeters in his final attempt to win the event, 13cm shy of his 8.22m gold-winning performance at the Asian Athletics Championships in May.

Japan’s Koki Fujihara finished second with 8.00m, edging Germany’s Luka Herden by four centimeters.

“Every international competition helps strengthen my confidence. Winning the Asian championship boosted me mentally, and now winning at the University Games further paves the way and reinforces my confidence for bigger stages ahead,” said Shu.

Another Chinese athlete, Xing Jialiang, the top qualifier in men’s shot put, earned silver with a throw of 20.08m, just 17cm behind South Africa’s Aiden Smith, who took gold. Italy’s Riccardo Ferrara claimed bronze with 17.91m.

Walaza, 18, a Paris 2024 Olympian, was third fastest out of the blocks and surged past Spain’s Adria Alfonso Medero in the outer lane to win the men’s 200m final from lane seven. Walaza clocked 20.63 seconds to Medero’s 20.70, with South Korea’s Lee Jae-song taking bronze in 20.75.

Walaza’s time was an improvement on his 20.93 in the heats and 20.76 in the semifinals earlier in the day.

“It’s wonderful to say that I’m the fastest in all of the universities around the world. It’s a great honor to be here and to win this,” Walaza said after the race.

“I arrived in Germany with not a lot of training under my belt, but I quickly convinced myself that I am a warrior and a fighter.”

The reigning world U20 champion also won the men’s 100m on Tuesday in 10.16 seconds, edging Thailand’s Puripol Boonson (10.22), whom he had previously defeated in last year’s junior world final in Peru.

Italy led the night’s medal haul with three golds from women’s track events.

In the women’s 200m, Tokyo 2020 Olympian Vittoria Fontana ran a personal best of 22.79 seconds to take gold, bettering her previous mark of 22.97.

Eloisa Coiro won the women’s 800m in 1:59.84 ahead of Switzerland’s Veronica Vancardo (2:00.08) and Spain’s Garcia Tena (2:00.12).

Alice Muraro added Italy’s third track gold with a personal best of 54.60 in the women’s 400m hurdles. Michelle Smith of the U.S. Virgin Islands earned silver in 55.65 and Hungary’s Sara Mato took bronze in 55.92.

Turkish Ozlem Becerek won the women’s discus with a season-best 61.15m. Sweden’s Ana Lindfors took silver at 58.80 and Germany’s Antonia Kinzel secured bronze with 58.43.

Israel claimed its first athletics medal of the meet as Jonathan Kapitolnik won men’s high jump with a 2.27m clearance. Totsuki Abe delivered Japan’s first athletics gold by winning the men’s 110m hurdles in 13.47 seconds.

Poland picked up two golds on the night. Filip Ostrowski won the men’s 1,500m in 3:46.10, and the Polish team captured the 4x400m mixed relay title with a season-best 3:15.18.

In table tennis, China’s Zhao Shang swept past Huang Yu-jie of Chinese Taipei 4-0 to win women’s singles. Vladimir Sidorenko defeated Maksim Grebnev 4-1 in the men’s singles final between individual neutral athletes, concluding the table tennis competitions.

In men’s basketball, Brazil and the United States advanced to Saturday’s final. Brazil edged host Germany 83-78, while Team USA overcame Lithuania 72-64.

“When we’re making a bunch of mistakes and we’re down, we all come together and smile and stay positive and keep working hard. I am blessed from God to be in this position I am in,” said U.S. forward Daniel Skillings Jr., who had a game-high 17 points.

MIL OSI China News –

July 25, 2025
MIL-OSI: STMicroelectronics to strengthen position in sensors with acquisition of NXP’s MEMS sensors business
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

PR N°C3350C

STMicroelectronics to strengthen position in sensors
with acquisition of NXP’s MEMS sensors business
- ST enters into agreement for acquisition of NXP’s MEMS sensor business for a purchase price of up to US$950 million in cash, including US$900 million upfront and US$50 million subject to the achievement of technical milestones
- The MEMS businesses of ST and NXP are strongly complementary in terms of technology and product portfolio, with the combined product offering to be well balanced across automotive, industrial and consumer end markets
- NXP’s MEMS Business generated revenue of about US$300 million in calendar year 2024 with gross and operating margins significantly accretive for ST
- All-cash transaction to be financed from existing liquidity and expected to be accretive to ST Earnings Per Share from completion
Geneva, Switzerland, July 24, 2025 — STMicroelectronics (NYSE: STM), a global semiconductor leader serving customers across the spectrum of electronics applications, is strengthening its global sensors capabilities with the planned acquisition of NXP Semiconductors’ (NASDAQ: NXPI) MEMS sensors business, focused on automotive safety products as well as sensors for industrial applications. The transaction will complement and expand ST’s leading MEMS sensors technology and product portfolio, unlocking new opportunities for development across automotive, industrial and consumer applications.

“The planned acquisition is a great strategic fit for ST,” says Marco Cassis, President, Analog, Power & Discrete, MEMS and Sensors Group of STMicroelectronics. “Together with ST’s existing MEMS portfolio, these highly complementary technologies and customer relationships, focused on automotive safety and industrial technologies, will strengthen our position in sensors across key segments in automotive, industrial and consumer applications. By leveraging our IDM model, with technology R&D, product design and advanced manufacturing, we will better serve all our customers worldwide.”

“NXP is a leading supplier of automotive MEMS based motion and pressure sensors, with a long history of strong customer adoption,” said Jens Hinrichsen, Executive Vice President and General Manager, Analog and Automotive Embedded Systems of NXP. “However, after careful portfolio review the company has decided the business does not fit into its long-term strategic direction. We have agreed with STMicroelectronics that the product line will fit ideally into ST’s portfolio, manufacturing footprint and strategic roadmap. We are gratified that the MEMS sensor team will have an excellent home and long-term future at ST.”

The MEMS sensors portfolio to be acquired by ST primarily targets automotive safety sensors, both passive (airbags) and active (vehicle dynamics), as well as monitoring sensors (TPMS¹, engine management, convenience, and security). It also includes pressure sensors and accelerometers for industrial applications. ST is well-positioned to leverage strong, established customer relationships with automotive Tier1s with its innovation roadmap in a rapidly expanding MEMS automotive market. MEMS technologies increasingly enable advanced functionalities for safety, electrification, automation, and connected vehicles, paving the way for future revenue growth.

MEMS inertial sensors in Automotive are expected to grow at a faster pace than the broader MEMS market. The business to be acquired generated about 300m$ revenues in 2024 with gross and operating margin both significantly accretive for ST. It is also expected to be accretive to ST Earnings Per Share from completion.

The planned acquisition will enhance ST’s MEMS technology, product R&D capabilities and roadmap, with leading IP, technology and products for automotive safety applications and highly skilled R&D teams. The expanded business will take advantage of ST’s Integrated Device Manufacturer model for MEMS, which involves every stage of MEMS development, from design and manufacturing to testing and packaging, enabling faster innovation cycles and greater flexibility for customization.

STMicroelectronics and NXP have entered into a definitive transaction agreement for a purchase price of up to US$950 million in cash, including US$900 million upfront and US$50 million subject to the achievement of technical milestones. The transaction which will be financed with existing liquidity is subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals, and is expected to close in H1 2026.

Forward-looking Information

Some of the statements contained in this release that are not historical facts are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended) that are based on management’s current views and assumptions, and are conditioned upon and also involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those anticipated by such statements due to, among other factors:
- changes in global trade policies, including the adoption and expansion of tariffs and trade barriers, that could affect the macro-economic environment and may directly or indirectly adversely impact the demand for our products;
- uncertain macro-economic and industry trends (such as inflation and fluctuations in supply chains), which may impact production capacity and end-market demand for our products;
- customer demand that differs from projections which may require us to undertake transformation measures that may not be successful in realizing the expected benefits in full or at all;
- the ability to design, manufacture and sell innovative products in a rapidly changing technological environment;
- changes in economic, social, public health, labor, political, or infrastructure conditions in the locations where we, our customers, or our suppliers operate, including as a result of macro-economic or regional events, geopolitical and military conflicts, social unrest, labor actions, or terrorist activities;
- unanticipated events or circumstances, which may impact our ability to execute our plans and/or meet the objectives of our R&D and manufacturing programs, which benefit from public funding;
- financial difficulties with any of our major distributors or significant curtailment of purchases by key customers;
- the loading, product mix, and manufacturing performance of our production facilities and/or our required volume to fulfill capacity reserved with suppliers or third-party manufacturing providers;
- availability and costs of equipment, raw materials, utilities, third-party manufacturing services and technology, or other supplies required by our operations (including increasing costs resulting from inflation);
- the functionalities and performance of our IT systems, which are subject to cybersecurity threats and which support our critical operational activities including manufacturing, finance and sales, and any breaches of our IT systems or those of our customers, suppliers, partners and providers of third-party licensed technology;
- theft, loss, or misuse of personal data about our employees, customers, or other third parties, and breaches of data privacy legislation;
- the impact of IP claims by our competitors or other third parties, and our ability to obtain required licenses on reasonable terms and conditions;
- changes in our overall tax position as a result of changes in tax rules, new or revised legislation, the outcome of tax audits or changes in international tax treaties which may impact our results of operations as well as our ability to accurately estimate tax credits, benefits, deductions and provisions and to realize deferred tax assets;
- variations in the foreign exchange markets and, more particularly, the U.S. dollar exchange rate as compared to the Euro and the other major currencies we use for our operations;
- the outcome of ongoing litigation as well as the impact of any new litigation to which we may become a defendant;
- product liability or warranty claims, claims based on epidemic or delivery failure, or other claims relating to our products, or recalls by our customers for products containing our parts;
- natural events such as severe weather, earthquakes, tsunamis, volcano eruptions or other acts of nature, the effects of climate change, health risks and epidemics or pandemics in locations where we, our customers or our suppliers operate;
- increased regulation and initiatives in our industry, including those concerning climate change and sustainability matters and our goal to become carbon neutral in all direct and indirect emissions (scopes 1 and 2), product transportation, business travel, and employee commuting emissions (our scope 3 focus), and to achieve our 100% renewable electricity sourcing goal by the end of 2027;
- epidemics or pandemics, which may negatively impact the global economy in a significant manner for an extended period of time, and could also materially adversely affect our business and operating results;
- industry changes resulting from vertical and horizontal consolidation among our suppliers, competitors, and customers;
- the ability to successfully ramp up new programs that could be impacted by factors beyond our control, including the availability of critical third-party components and performance of subcontractors in line with our expectations; and
- individual customer use of certain products, which may differ from the anticipated uses of such products and result in differences in performance, including energy consumption, may lead to a failure to achieve our disclosed emission-reduction goals, adverse legal action or additional research costs.
Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results and performance of our business to differ materially and adversely from the forward-looking statements. Certain forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “are expected to”, “should”, “would be”, “seeks” or “anticipates” or similar expressions or the negative thereof or other variations thereof or comparable terminology, or by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

Some of these risk factors are set forth and are discussed in more detail in “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2024 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on February 27, 2025. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those described in this press release as anticipated, believed or expected. We do not intend, and do not assume any obligation, to update any industry information or forward-looking statements set forth in this release to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
Unfavorable changes in the above or other factors listed under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors” from time to time in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings, could have a material adverse effect on our business and/or financial condition.

About STMicroelectronics
At ST, we are 50,000 creators and makers of semiconductor technologies mastering the semiconductor supply chain with state-of-the-art manufacturing facilities. An integrated device manufacturer, we work with more than 200,000 customers and thousands of partners to design and build products, solutions, and ecosystems that address their challenges and opportunities, and the need to support a more sustainable world. Our technologies enable smarter mobility, more efficient power and energy management, and the wide-scale deployment of cloud connected autonomous things. We are on track to be carbon neutral in all direct and indirect emissions (scopes 1 and 2), product transportation, business travel, and employee commuting emissions (our scope 3 focus), and to achieve our 100% renewable electricity sourcing goal by the end of 2027. Further information can be found at www.st.com.

For further information, please contact:

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Jérôme Ramel
EVP Corporate Development & Integrated External Communication
Tel: +41.22.929.59.20
jerome.ramel@st.com

MEDIA RELATIONS
Alexis Breton
Group VP Corporate External Communications
Tel: +33.6.59.16.79.08
alexis.breton@st.com

¹ Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems.

Attachment
- C3350C – ST to acquire NXP MEMS
The MIL Network –
July 25, 2025
MIL-OSI: Stormrock founders announce Nemesis: A Swiss Incubator and AI SaaS for E-Commerce Brands
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Zug, Switzerland, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Stormrock, a Swiss e-commerce group that generated €24 million in revenue in 2024 through its portfolio of high-recurrence consumer brands, is now expanding its impact in the tech and retail space. Its founders, Lucas Nova and Fabien Dumas, have announced the launch of Nemesis: a Swiss-based incubator for high-potential e-commerce brands, along with a proprietary AI-powered SaaS platform built to industrialize the systems and methods behind their growth. The goal: provide other founders access to the operational playbooks and AI agents that turned Stormrock into a category leader.

Fabien Dumas, Co-Founder of Nemesis

Why is this launch strategic?

Nemesis is designed to help founders scale fast and sustainably through:
- A favorable Swiss legal and tax environment
- Direct access to Stormrock’s full operating ecosystem
- Internal tools, automation frameworks, and AI capabilities
- Strategic support with minority equity participation (20–30%)
How does their model work?

Nova and Dumas built their method on complete control of the customer lifecycle. Their operational model includes:
- Hyper-personalized user journeys through large-scale A/B testing
- Automated behavioral segmentation engines
- An internal AI stack spanning Ads, CRM, Product, CRO, Finance
- Processes tested across multiple high-growth DTC brands
What does the SaaS include?

The upcoming software platform replicates the systems that powered Stormrock’s growth:
- Predictive segmentation algorithms
- AI-driven CRO optimization modules
- Autonomous AI agents for Ads, CRM, Product and Finance
- Collaborative dashboards focused on founder-led decision making
The goal: provide a repeatable, intelligent, and scalable growth system to high-potential founders.

Key Metrics and Data
- €24M in revenue reached in 2024 through Stormrock
- €60M projected by 2027
- 30+ brands scaled using the same methodology
- AI stack deployed across 6 core departments
- Thousands of ad variants tested each quarter
- Customer retention rates above industry benchmarks
Official Statements

“Nemesis was built to structure everything we’ve tested, proven, and refined over the years. It’s a realistic acceleration platform for founders aiming for operational excellence.” — Fabien Dumas, Co-Founder

“Our goal is clear: to help ambitious founders grow faster without rebuilding the wheel or repeating mistakes we’ve already solved.” — Lucas Nova, Co-Founder

About

Stormrock is a high-recurrence e-commerce brand launched by Lucas Nova and Fabien Dumas. After reaching €24M in revenue, the founders structured their methods into Nemesis, a Swiss incubator for direct-to-consumer businesses, and a SaaS platform designed to replicate their AI-driven, high-efficiency growth engine at scale.

Lucas Nova Co-Founder of Nemesis

Press inquiries

Stormrock
https://stormrock.fr/
Fabien Dumas
fabien.d@celesty.ch
+33 5 32 88 01 45
Waldhof 1, Zug, Switzerland

The MIL Network –
July 25, 2025
MIL-OSI: Stormrock founders announce Nemesis: A Swiss Incubator and AI SaaS for E-Commerce Brands
Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

Zug, Switzerland, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Stormrock, a Swiss e-commerce group that generated €24 million in revenue in 2024 through its portfolio of high-recurrence consumer brands, is now expanding its impact in the tech and retail space. Its founders, Lucas Nova and Fabien Dumas, have announced the launch of Nemesis: a Swiss-based incubator for high-potential e-commerce brands, along with a proprietary AI-powered SaaS platform built to industrialize the systems and methods behind their growth. The goal: provide other founders access to the operational playbooks and AI agents that turned Stormrock into a category leader.

Fabien Dumas, Co-Founder of Nemesis

Why is this launch strategic?

Nemesis is designed to help founders scale fast and sustainably through:
- A favorable Swiss legal and tax environment
- Direct access to Stormrock’s full operating ecosystem
- Internal tools, automation frameworks, and AI capabilities
- Strategic support with minority equity participation (20–30%)
How does their model work?

Nova and Dumas built their method on complete control of the customer lifecycle. Their operational model includes:
- Hyper-personalized user journeys through large-scale A/B testing
- Automated behavioral segmentation engines
- An internal AI stack spanning Ads, CRM, Product, CRO, Finance
- Processes tested across multiple high-growth DTC brands
What does the SaaS include?

The upcoming software platform replicates the systems that powered Stormrock’s growth:
- Predictive segmentation algorithms
- AI-driven CRO optimization modules
- Autonomous AI agents for Ads, CRM, Product and Finance
- Collaborative dashboards focused on founder-led decision making
The goal: provide a repeatable, intelligent, and scalable growth system to high-potential founders.

Key Metrics and Data
- €24M in revenue reached in 2024 through Stormrock
- €60M projected by 2027
- 30+ brands scaled using the same methodology
- AI stack deployed across 6 core departments
- Thousands of ad variants tested each quarter
- Customer retention rates above industry benchmarks
Official Statements

“Nemesis was built to structure everything we’ve tested, proven, and refined over the years. It’s a realistic acceleration platform for founders aiming for operational excellence.” — Fabien Dumas, Co-Founder

“Our goal is clear: to help ambitious founders grow faster without rebuilding the wheel or repeating mistakes we’ve already solved.” — Lucas Nova, Co-Founder

About

Stormrock is a high-recurrence e-commerce brand launched by Lucas Nova and Fabien Dumas. After reaching €24M in revenue, the founders structured their methods into Nemesis, a Swiss incubator for direct-to-consumer businesses, and a SaaS platform designed to replicate their AI-driven, high-efficiency growth engine at scale.

Lucas Nova Co-Founder of Nemesis

Press inquiries

Stormrock
https://stormrock.fr/
Fabien Dumas
fabien.d@celesty.ch
+33 5 32 88 01 45
Waldhof 1, Zug, Switzerland

The MIL Network –
July 25, 2025
MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Joint Statement on the Invocation of the OSCE Moscow Mechanism
Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

Speech

Joint Statement on the Invocation of the OSCE Moscow Mechanism

UK and 40 other countries invoke the Moscow Mechanism to address ill treatment of prisoners of war by the Russian Federation
Thank you, Chair.   I will deliver an abridged version of this statement this afternoon. The full statement will be circulated in writing and I request that it be attached to the Journal of the Day.

I am delivering this statement on behalf of the following participating States: Albania, Andorra, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, Netherlands, North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, San Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom.

Today, our delegations will send the following letter to ODIHR Director Maria Telalian, invoking the Moscow Mechanism, with the support of Ukraine, as we continue to have concerns regarding violations of international humanitarian law and international human rights law following Russia’s full-scale war of aggression against Ukraine, including with regard to ill treatment of Ukrainian Prisoners of War (POW).

Director Telalian,

With Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine in its fourth year and as Russia’s illegal occupation of the Autonomous Republic of Crimea and the city of Sevastopol and certain areas of the Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine has entered its eleventh year, we continue to witness large scale human suffering and alarming reports of violations of international humanitarian law (IHL) and of international human rights law (IHRL), many of which may amount to the most serious international crimes.

Against the backdrop of the full-scale war of aggression against Ukraine, launched by the Russian Federation on February 24, 2022, a number of credible sources, including the Moscow Mechanism expert missions, the Office for Democratic Institutions and Human Rights, the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights and the UN Independent International Commission of Inquiry, as well as civil society organizations, have reported that the Russian Federation has consistently violated the rights of prisoners of war (POWs) throughout their detention and at multiple detention facilities within the temporarily occupied territories of Ukraine and the Russian Federation. There have been credible reports that the extensive and routine torture and ill-treatment of Ukrainian POWs throughout their detention constitutes a continued systematic pattern of state policy and practice by the Russian Federation. Torture follows common patterns across different locations, indicating it is a coordinated, deliberate, and systematic practice.

In 2022, 2023 and 2024, 45 OSCE Delegations, following bilateral consultations with Ukraine under the Vienna (Human Dimension) Mechanism, invoked Paragraph 8 of the Moscow (Human Dimension) Mechanism. The reports of the independent missions of experts, received by OSCE participating States, confirmed our shared concerns about the impact of the Russian Federation’s invasion and acts of war, its violations and abuses of IHRL, and violations of IHL in Ukraine.

We remain particularly alarmed by the findings of the expert missions that some of the violations may amount to war crimes and crimes against humanity as well as the identification of patterns of reported violations of IHL and IHRL regarding the treatment of prisoners of war.

The prohibition against torture in international law is absolute. Parties to an armed conflict are obliged to ensure the rights of POWs as set out in the Third Geneva Convention of 1949 relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War and Additional Protocol I to the Geneva Conventions. Prisoners of war must at all times be protected, particularly against acts of violence or intimidation and against insults and public curiosity. No physical or mental torture, nor any other form of coercion, may be inflicted on prisoners of war to secure from them information of any kind whatever. Prisoners of war who refuse to answer may not be threatened, insulted or exposed to unpleasant or disadvantageous treatment of any kin Torture and inhuman treatment of POWs are grave breaches of the Geneva Conventions, and likewise war crimes under the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court.

ODIHR’s Ukraine Monitoring Initiative has continued to identify patterns of reported IHL and IHRL violations related to the treatment of Ukrainian POWs including in their Sixth Interim Report of 13 December 2024 and their Seventh Interim Report of 15 July 2025. Interviews with survivors and witnesses attested to a continued practice of systematic torture and other IHL and IHRL violations perpetrated against Ukrainian POWs prompting serious concerns about the Russian Federation’s failure to comply with the fundamental principles that govern the treatment of POWs.

In equal measure, the OHCHR and the UN Human Rights Monitoring Mission in Ukraine (HRMMU) have reported on the systematic and widespread use of torture of Ukrainian POWs by Russian authorities. In its March 2023 report, the HRMMU documented violations of IHRL and IHL in 32 of 48 detention facilities in Russia and Russian-occupied territories of Ukraine, related to torture and other ill-treatment, dire conditions of internment including inadequate quarters, food, hygiene, and medical care, along with restricted communication, forced labor, and a lack of access of independent monitors. . Many were held incommunicado deprived of the possibility to communicate with family or the outside world. Russian authorities subjected Ukrainian POWs to unlawful prosecutions for mere participation in hostilities; using torture to extract confessions; and denying fair trials.

According to witness testimonies, there were numerous incidents whereby POWs died in captivity due to execution, torture, ill-treatment and/or inadequate medical attention as well as inhumane conditions during their captivity.

The OHCHR’s October 2024 Report on the Treatment of Prisoners of War further documented detailed and consistent accounts of torture or ill treatment in Russian Federation custody.

Survivors have described the wide-ranging methods of torture or ill-treatment of Ukrainian POWs including: severe physical beatings; electrocution (including the targeting of genitalia); excessively intense physical exercise; stress positions; dog attacks; mock executions (including simulated hangings); threats of physical violence and death; sexual violence, including rape; threats of rape and castration; threats of coerced sexual acts; and other forms of humiliation.

Since the end of August 2024, OHCHR also has recorded a significant increase in credible allegations of executions of Ukrainian servicepersons captured by Russian armed forces, involving at least 97 individuals.

The UN Independent International Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine (UN COI) stated on 23 September 2024 that it has evidence of widespread and systematic torture by Russian authorities against Ukrainian civilians and POWs in the temporarily occupied territories and in Russia. They concluded that torture follows common patterns across different locations, indicating it is a coordinated practice. In their March 2025 report, the UN COI again called on the Russian Federation to immediately end the widespread and systematic use of torture and other forms of ill-treatment committed against civilian detainees and prisoners of war

The Office of the Prosecutor General of Ukraine is investigating the reported execution of 273 Ukrainian POWs, including 208 who were reportedly executed on the battlefield and 59 in the ‘‘Olenivka’’ colony. However, the real number of those executed is likely much higher.

We are deeply concerned about the severity and frequency of these violations and abuses. We are particularly appalled by reported executions of Ukrainian POWs and Ukrainian soldiers rendered hors de combat upon their surrender and by the desecration/mutilation of bodies. We are also deeply concerned with the practice of filming and distributing images of these abhorrent incidents.

Following grave concerns over the ill-treatment of Ukrainian POWs, highlighted, inter alia, by the UN Human Rights Monitoring Mission in Ukraine, the Independent International Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine and the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights and the OSCE, we call on all parties to the armed conflict ensure that POWs are treated in full compliance with IHL.

We recall that OSCE participating States have committed themselves to respect IHL, including the Third Geneva Convention relative to the Treatment of Prisoners of War of 1949, bearing in mind that the willful killing, torture, inhuman treatment, causing great suffering, or serious injury to body or health of persons protected under the Geneva Conventions, including prisoners of war, constitutes a war crime. No prisoner of war may be subjected to physical mutilation or to medical or scientific experiments of any kind which are not justified by the medical, dental or hospital treatment of the prisoner concerned and carried out in his interest. Likewise, prisoners of war must at all times be protected, particularly against acts of violence or intimidation and against insults and public curiosity.

We also recall that the prohibition of torture is a peremptory norm of international law without territorial limitation, which applies at all times and in all places.   Measures of reprisal against POWs are prohibited.

We call on the Russia Federation to end the torture and ill-treatment of all detainees and ensure adequate conditions of detention including the provision of basic needs such as food, water, clothing, and medical care. We further call for providing timely and accurate information on detainees’ whereabouts and legal status, and for granting international humanitarian organizations, like the International Committee of the Red Cross, unfettered access to such persons.

Gravely concerned by the continuing impacts of Russia’s ongoing aggression against Ukraine, and gravely concerned by credible allegations of the torture, ill-treatment and executions of Ukrainian POWs, and soldiers hors de combat, the delegations of Albania, Andorra, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Moldova, Monaco, Montenegro, Netherlands, North Macedonia, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, San Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, following bilateral consultations with Ukraine under the Vienna Mechanism, invoke the Moscow (Human Dimension) Mechanism under Paragraph 8 of that document.

We request that ODIHR inquire of Ukraine whether it would invite a mission of experts to build upon previous findings, and:

To establish the facts and circumstances surrounding possible contraventions of relevant OSCE commitments; violations and abuses of human rights; and violations of IHL, including possible cases of war crimes and crimes against humanity, related to the treatment of Ukrainian POWs by the Russian Federation ;

To collect, consolidate, and analyse this information including to determine if there is a pattern of widespread and systematic torture, ill-treatment and execution of Ukrainian POWs and soldiers hors de combat and/or at detention facilities by the Russian Federation in the temporarily occupied territories and in Russia and

To offer recommendations on relevant accountability mechanisms.

We also invite ODIHR to provide any relevant information or documentation derived from any new expert mission to other appropriate accountability mechanisms, including the UN Human Rights Monitoring Mission in Ukraine or the Independent International Commission of Inquiry on Ukraine, as well as national, regional, or international courts or tribunals that have, or may in future have, jurisdiction.

Thank you for your attention.

Updates to this page

Published 24 July 2025

Invasion of Ukraine

UK visa support for Ukrainian nationals

Move to the UK if you’re coming from Ukraine

Homes for Ukraine: record your interest

Find out about the UK’s response
MIL OSI United Kingdom –
July 25, 2025

MIL-OSI: Primech Holdings Announces Fiscal Year 2025 Results, Contracted Revenue Backlog at $120.8 Million

Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

SINGAPORE, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Primech Holdings Limited (Nasdaq: PMEC), an established technology-driven facilities-services provider to public and private-sector customers in Singapore, today reported audited financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.

FY 2025 Highlights:

Revenue grew 2.5% to $74.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, compared with revenue of $72.5 million in fiscal year 2024.
Gross profit margin expanded 130 basis points to 23.6% as technology adoption and grant support offset wage pressures.
Net loss narrowed 40% to $2.2 million, or $(0.05) per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $3.2 million, or $(0.10) per share.
Cash and cash equivalents increased by 32.7% to $10.1 million; total assets were $41.2 million, and total liabilities were $26.5 million.
Future contracted revenue, scheduled for recognition in FY 2026 and onward, totals $120.8 million, providing multi-year visibility.

Fiscal Year 2025 Financial Results:

Financial Metrics (US$ millions, except per share data)	FY 2025	FY 2024	Change
Revenue	$74.3	$72.5	+2.5%
Gross profit	$17.5	$16.0	+9.8%
Gross profit margin	23.6%	22.0%	+160 bps
Operating loss	$(0.9)	$(2.8)	+65.9% improvement
Net loss	$(2.2)	$(3.2)	+31.1% improvement
Basic & diluted EPS	$(0.05)	$(0.10)	+50.0% improvement
Cash & cash equivalents	$10.1	$7.6	+32.6%

Primech A&P Highlights:

Over $18.9 million in new contracts secured during fiscal year 2025, including a major contract extension worth $8.3 million
Industry recognition achievements, including ASEAN Public Toilet Award for Newton Food Centre management and LOO Awards 2024 Best Market Award
Sustainability leadership with nomination as a finalist for the Singapore Apex Corporate Sustainability Awards in the “LowCarbonSG” category
Strategic partnerships, including membership in the Singapore International Facility Management Association (SIFMA)

Primech AI Highlights:

Revolutionary HYTRON robot launch with successful deployments at Temasek Polytechnic, a major Singapore shopping mall, and one of Singapore’s largest hospitals
Global expansion achievements, including partnerships in Hong Kong (Chinachem Group), Japan (Golden Rim Investment), and Europe (TCOrobotics GmbH covering Germany, Austria, and Switzerland)
Technology excellence recognition, winning the Robotics category at the Singapore Business Review Technology Excellence Awards 2025
Advanced AI integration incorporating NVIDIA Jetson Orin technology components for enhanced robotics performance
Manufacturing scale-up with a China production partnership targeting 300 robots’ initial production capacity
Product innovation with the launch of the compact HYTRON Lite model optimized for space-constrained environments

CEO Commentary
“Primech delivered resilient top-line growth and achieved a significant improvement in our bottom line during our second year as a public company,” said Mr. Kin Wai Ho, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “More importantly, this year marked our dramatic transformation into a technology-first organization through our revolutionary HYTRON AI-powered cleaning robots and aggressive global expansion strategy. We’ve evolved from a traditional facilities services company into an innovative robotics and automation leader.”

“Our HYTRON technology represents the future of commercial cleaning. We’ve successfully deployed robots at prestigious locations and established partnerships across Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan, and Europe. With our three-phase expansion plan and $120.8 million of contracted backlog, we are positioned to return to profitability and capture significant market share in the rapidly growing global service robotics sector.”

Future Contracted Revenues
As of March 31, 2025, our contracted revenues for future fulfilment were approximately $120.8 million. The following table provides a breakdown of the value of our contracted revenues, which we estimate will be fulfilled in FY2026, FY2027, and subsequent years, subject to cancellations or other contractual changes that are not presently foreseeable. Our order book as of any particular date is not indicative of our revenue for succeeding periods, as secured contracts are subject to cancellations, deferrals, or early terminations by our customers:

	($’000)	(%)
Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2025 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31, 2026	59,876	49.5
Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2026 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31, 2027	34,069	28.2
Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2027 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31, 2028	26,899	22.3
	120,844	100.0

Annual Report on Form 20-F
The Company will file its annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 with the Securities and Exchange Commission later today, which can be accessed on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov and on Primech’s investor relations website at https://investor.primechholdings.com/filings/.

About Primech Holdings Limited
Headquartered in Singapore, Primech Holdings Limited is a leading provider of comprehensive technology-driven facilities services, predominantly serving both public and private sectors throughout Singapore. Primech Holdings offers an extensive range of services tailored to meet the complex demands of its diverse clientele. Services include advanced general facility maintenance services, specialized cleaning solutions such as marble polishing and facade cleaning, meticulous stewarding services, and targeted cleaning services for offices and homes. Known for its commitment to sustainability and cutting-edge technology, Primech Holdings integrates eco-friendly practices and smart technology solutions to enhance operational efficiency and client satisfaction. This strategic approach positions Primech Holdings as a leader in the industry and a proactive contributor to advancing industry standards and practices in Singapore and beyond. For more information, visit www.primechholdings.com.

About Primech AI
Primech AI is a leading robotics company dedicated to pushing the boundaries of innovation in technology. With a team of passionate individuals and a commitment to collaboration, Primech AI is poised to revolutionize the robotics industry with groundbreaking solutions that make a meaningful impact on society. For more information, visit www.primech.ai.

Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this announcement are forward-looking statements, including, for example, statements about completing the acquisition, anticipated revenues, growth, and expansion. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are also based on assumptions regarding the Company’s present and future business strategies and the environment in which the Company will operate in the future. Investors can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure that such expectations will be correct. The Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC.

Company Contact:
Email: ir@primech.com.sg

Investor Relations Contact:
Matthew Abenante, IRC
President
Strategic Investor Relations, LLC
Tel: 347-947-2093
Email: matthew@strategic-ir.com

***tables follow***

Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)

	As of March 31,
	2025			2024
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	10,145		$	7,648
Accounts receivable, net (including unbilled receivable of $3,520 and $4,068)		15,633			18,452
Government subsidies receivable		1,485			1,368
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		1,700			3,810
Inventories		44			55
Total current assets		29,007			31,333

Non-current assets
Property and equipment, net		9,686			10,082
Right of use assets		2,114			3,406
Goodwill		391			667
Intangible assets, net		2			21
Total assets	$	41,200		$	45,509

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	10,330		$	9,406
Notes payable-current portion		8,481			11,277
Lease liabilities-current portion		1,595			2,059
Income tax liabilities		461			—
Total current liabilities		20,742			22,742

Non-current liabilities
Notes payable-long term		4,331			5,705
Lease liabilities-long term		1,068			1,752
Deferred tax liability		255			251
Total liabilities		26,521			30,450

Shareholders’ Equity
Common Stock, 38,417,987 and 35,550,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively,		23,961			22,193
Additional paid-in capital		924			924
Accumulated other comprehensive income		995			923
Accumulated deficit		(10,991	)		(9,049	)
Total Primech Holdings Limited shareholders’ equity		14,889			14,991

Non-controlling interests		(210	)		68
Total shareholders’ equity		14,679			15,059
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	41,200		$	45,509


Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Operations and other Comprehensive Loss (in thousands except share and per share data, U.S. dollars)

	For the Years Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Revenues
Revenues, net	$	74,349		$	72,524

Operating costs and expenses
Cost of revenue (net of $4,148 and $2,550 of government subsidies)		56,823			59,915
General and administrative expenses (net of $318 and $68 of government subsidies)		16,176			13,160
Sales and marketing expenses		2,007			2,231
Goodwill impairment		291			—
Total operating costs and expenses		75,297			75,306
Loss from operations		(948	)		(2,782	)
Other operating income, net (includes $8 and $202 of government subsidies)		(27	)		211
Interest expense		(789	)		(1,145	)
Loss before income taxes		(1,764	)		(3,716	)
Income tax benefit		(456	)		493
Net loss		(2,220	)		(3,223	)
(Profit)/ loss attributable to non-controlling interests		278			(16	)
Net loss attributable to Primech Holdings Limited		(1,942	)		(3,239	)
Total foreign currency translation adjustment		72			(24	)
Comprehensive loss	$	(1,870	)		(3,263	)

Earnings loss per share:
Basic and diluted	$	(0.05	)	$	(0.10	)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
Basic and Diluted		37,584,000			33,929,000


Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)

	For the Years Ended March 31,
	2025			2024
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss	$	(2,220	)	$	(3,223	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation of property and equipment		1,483			1,640
Amortization of right of use assets		2,479			2,203
Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment		1			(13	)
Amortization of intangible assets		29			29
Share based payment		1,768			—
Provision for doubtful accounts		31			—
Impairment of Goodwill		291			—

Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Deferred tax liability		—			(454	)
Accounts receivable		2,888			(3,330	)
Government subsidies receivables		(111	)		290
Prepaid expenses & other current assets		2,132			(2,657	)
Inventories		11			84
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		879			(1,329	)
Operating lease liability		(2,731	)		(2,322	)
Tax payable		462			—
Net cash used in operating activities		7,382			(9,082	)

Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of property and equipment		(1,098	)		(909	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		67			102
Net cash used in investing activities		(1,031	)		(807	)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net Proceeds from issue of new shares		—			9,473
Deferred offering costs		—			545
Payment of finance lease liabilities		(126	)		(86	)
Repayment of bank loans		(159,107	)		(3,163	)
Proceeds from bank loans		154,846			1,412
Net cash provided by financing activities		(4,387	)		8,181

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		1,963			(1,708	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		533			284
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year		7,648			9,072
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year	$	10,145		$	7,648

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing transactions
Acquisition of equipment under finance leases		367			173
Recognition of Right of use assets and liabilities		1,167			2,553

The MIL Network –

July 25, 2025

Name	Number of shares held
George Ηandjinicolaou	15,000
Ioannis Kontopoulos	95,000

Category: Switzerland

Share

Joint Statement on the Invocation of the OSCE Moscow Mechanism

Updates to this page

Invasion of Ukraine